WO2023169302A1 - Communication method and apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023169302A1
WO2023169302A1 PCT/CN2023/079331 CN2023079331W WO2023169302A1 WO 2023169302 A1 WO2023169302 A1 WO 2023169302A1 CN 2023079331 W CN2023079331 W CN 2023079331W WO 2023169302 A1 WO2023169302 A1 WO 2023169302A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
signal
elements
physical resources
mod
fourier transform
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/079331
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
龚名新
曲秉玉
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023169302A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023169302A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L27/00Modulated-carrier systems
    • H04L27/26Systems using multi-frequency codes
    • H04L27/2601Multicarrier modulation systems
    • H04L27/2614Peak power aspects
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L27/00Modulated-carrier systems
    • H04L27/26Systems using multi-frequency codes

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communication technology, and in particular, to a communication method and device.
  • Orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) systems can provide better transmission quality, higher data rates and spectral efficiency.
  • OFDM symbols are superposed by multiple independently modulated sub-carrier signals, when the phases of each sub-carrier at a certain time domain sampling point are the same or similar, the superimposed signals of multiple sub-carriers will produce a larger signal.
  • instantaneous peak power which results in a higher peak-to-average power ratio (PAPR).
  • PAPR refers to the ratio between the peak power and the average power of the signal.
  • DFT-S-OFDM discrete fourier transform spread orthogonal frequency division multiplexing
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and device for reducing the PAPR of a signal and improving the coverage of the signal.
  • the first aspect provides a communication method, which can be executed by a terminal device, or by other devices with a signal sending function, or by a chip system or other functional modules that can realize the sending of signals. , for example, the chip system or other functional modules are installed in the terminal device.
  • the method includes:
  • [s(m)] consists of M elements, It consists of M elements, [k(m)] consists of M elements, M is a positive integer, elements in is e j ⁇ m , ⁇ is determined based on M, and the elements in [k(m)] are m belongs to ⁇ 0,...,M-1 ⁇ .
  • the terminal device performs phase rotation on the modulation symbol of the information to be sent according to the phase rotation factor to obtain [k(m)], so that the waveform corresponding to two adjacent elements in [k(m)]
  • the phase difference is far from 0 degrees or 180 degrees, which reduces the peak value of the waveform corresponding to the modulation symbols corresponding to two adjacent elements after superposition, thereby reducing the PAPR of the first signal generated by [k(m)] and improving the coverage of the first signal.
  • the first signal may be a signal generated by [k(m)] in any of the following four ways.
  • the first signal is a signal generated by [k(m)] after discrete Fourier transform, cyclic expansion and mapping of physical resources.
  • [k(m)] is obtained through discrete Fourier transform [X 2 (m)]
  • [X 2 (m)] is composed of M elements
  • [X 2 (m)] is obtained through cyclic expansion [X 1 (q)]
  • [X 1 (q)] consists of Q elements
  • Q is the sum of M and E
  • E is a positive integer
  • the element X 1 (q) in [X 1 (q)] ) is X 2 ((q+MP)mod M)
  • the M is an element in [X 2 (m)]
  • a mod B represents the remainder of A divided by B
  • P is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to E
  • q belongs to ⁇ 0,...,Q-1 ⁇
  • the [X 1 (q)] obtains the first signal by mapping physical resources.
  • [k(m)] generates a transmissible first signal through DFT, cyclic expansion and mapping of physical resources, so that information can be sent.
  • the cyclic extension processing can increase the time difference between waveforms corresponding to adjacent modulation symbols, reduce the peak value after superposition of waveforms corresponding to different modulation symbols, and further reduce the PAPR of the first signal.
  • the first signal is a signal generated by [k(m)] after discrete Fourier transform, cyclic expansion, filtering and mapping of physical resources.
  • [k(m)] undergoes discrete Fourier transform to obtain [X 2 (m)]
  • [X 2 (m)] is composed of M elements
  • [X 2 (m)] undergoes cyclic expansion to obtain [ X 1 (q)], where [X 1 (q)] consists of Q elements, Q is the sum of M and E, E is a positive integer
  • the element X 1 (q) in [X 1 (q)] is X 2 ((q+MP)mod M)
  • P is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to E
  • q belongs to ⁇ 0,...,Q-1 ⁇
  • [X 1 (q)] is obtained by filtering [X 3 (q)], where [X 3 (q)] consists of Q elements
  • [X 3 (q)] obtains
  • [k(m)] can generate a transmittable first signal after undergoing DFT, cyclic expansion, filtering and mapping physical resources, so that information can be sent.
  • the cyclic expansion can increase the time difference between the waveforms corresponding to adjacent modulation symbols and reduce the peak value after the superposition of waveforms corresponding to different modulation symbols.
  • the filtering process can reduce the side lobes of the waveforms corresponding to the modulation symbols, and can also reduce the peak value of the waveforms corresponding to different modulation symbols.
  • the PAPR of the first signal can be reduced.
  • the first signal is a signal generated by [k(m)] after discrete Fourier transform and mapping of physical resources.
  • [k(m)] is obtained by discrete Fourier transform [X 2 (m)]
  • [X 2 (m)] is composed of M elements
  • [X 2 (m)] is obtained by mapping physical resources The first signal.
  • the first signal is a signal generated by [k(m)] after discrete Fourier transform, filtering and mapping of physical resources.
  • [k(m)] undergoes discrete Fourier transform to obtain [X 2 (m)], [X 2 (m)] consists of M elements;
  • [X 2 (m)] undergoes filtering processing to obtain [ X 4 (m)], where [X 4 (m)] consists of M elements;
  • [X 4 (m)] obtains the first signal by mapping physical resources.
  • element X 4 (m) in [X 4 (m)] is X 2 (m) ⁇ w 2 (m), w 2 (m) is w 2 (M-1-m); [X 4 (m)] obtain the first signal by mapping physical resources.
  • [k(m)] can be generated after DFT, filtering and mapping of physical resources.
  • a signal so that information can be sent.
  • the filtering process therein can further reduce the PAPR of the first signal.
  • the first signal is generated according to [k(m)], specifically: according to [k(m)], obtain [X 1 (q)], where, [X 1 (q) )] consists of Q elements, Q is the sum of M and E, E is a positive integer, the element X 1 (q) in [X 1 (q)] is X 2 ((q+MP)mod M), the X 2 ((q+MP)modM) is the element in [X 2 (m)], [X 2 (m)] is the M symbols obtained by performing discrete Fourier transform on [k(m)], A mod B represents the remainder of A divided by B, P is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to E, q belongs to ⁇ 0,...,Q-1 ⁇ ; map Q elements of [X 1 (q)] onto Q subcarriers to generate a first signal.
  • generating the first signal based on [k(m)] may also be: obtaining [X 1 (q)] based on [k(m)], where [X 1 (q)] consists of Q elements, Q is the sum of M and E, E is a positive integer, the element X 1 (q) in [X 1 (q)] is X 2 ((q+MP)mod M), the X 2 ((q+MP) mod M) is the element in [X 2 (m)], [X 2 (m)] is the M symbols obtained by performing the discrete Fourier transform on [k(m)], A mod B means A divided by B The remainder of , [X 3 (q)] consists of Q elements; map the Q elements of [X 3 (q)] to Q subcarriers to generate the first signal.
  • the element X 3 (q) in [X 3 (q)] can be X 1 (q) ⁇ w 1 (q), and the w 1 (q) is w 1 (Q-1-q) .
  • generating the first signal based on [k(m)] may also include: performing discrete Fourier transform processing on the M elements of [k(m)] to obtain [X 2 (m)], [X 2 ( m)] consists of M elements; filter [X 2 (m)] to obtain [X 4 (m)], where [X 4 (m)] consists of M elements; [X 4 (m)] )] are mapped to M subcarriers to generate the first signal.
  • the element X 4 (m) in [X 4 (m)] is X 2 (m) ⁇ w 2 (m), and the w 2 (m) is w 2 (M-1-m).
  • the terminal device can use multiple methods to generate a transmissible first signal based on [k(m)], thereby realizing the sending of information, and the implementation method is flexible.
  • the value of the phase rotation factor is not only related to the number of subcarriers required before cyclic expansion, but also to the number of added subcarriers after cyclic expansion and the number of cyclically expanded elements before the first element.
  • [s(m)] can be phase-rotated adaptively to reduce the PAPR of the first signal.
  • the modulation method of [s(m)] is four-phase phase shift keying QPSK, and ⁇ is ⁇ ( ⁇ M/4+E-2P-1)/M; or, ⁇ is close to ⁇ ( ⁇ M/4+E-2P-1)/M.
  • the second aspect provides a communication method, which can be executed by a terminal device, or by other devices with a signal sending function, or by a chip system or other functional modules that can realize the sending of signals. , for example, the chip system or other functional modules are installed in the terminal device.
  • the method includes:
  • [s(m)] consists of M elements, M is a positive integer, [X 5 (q)] consists of Q elements, Q is the sum of M and E, and E is a positive integer, where [X 5 (q)] element X 5 (q) is X 6 ((q+MP)mod M), which X 6 ((q+MP)mod M) is an element in [X 6 (m)], X 6 (m)] is obtained by performing discrete Fourier transform on [s(m)] M symbols, A mod B represents the remainder of A divided by B, P is determined based on M, P is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to E, P is not equal to (EP), m belongs to ⁇ 0 ,...,M-1 ⁇ , q belongs to ⁇ 0,...,Q-1 ⁇ .
  • the terminal device performs asymmetric cyclic expansion of the frequency domain sequence of the information to be transmitted, that is, the number of elements that need to be expanded before the first element of [X 6 (m)] is equal to the number of elements of [X 6 (m)].
  • the number of elements that need to be expanded after the last element of m)] is not equal, which can reduce the peak value of the waveform corresponding to the modulation symbol corresponding to the two adjacent elements after superposition, thereby reducing the number of elements generated by [X 5 (q)] the PAPR of the first signal, and improve the coverage of the first signal.
  • the modulation mode of [s(m)] is quadrature phase shift keying QPSK, and P is an integer determined based on ( ⁇ M/4+E-1)/2.
  • a communication method which method can be executed by a terminal device, or by other devices with a signal sending function, or by a chip system or other functional modules that can realize the sending of signals.
  • the chip system or other functional modules are installed in the terminal device.
  • the method includes:
  • the terminal equipment performs a cyclic shift on the frequency domain sequence of the information to be transmitted, which can reduce the peak value of the waveform corresponding to the modulation symbols corresponding to two adjacent elements after superposition, thereby reducing the waveform caused by [X 8 (m)] generates a PAPR of the first signal, and improves the coverage of the first signal.
  • the first signal is a signal generated after [X 8 (m)] is filtered and mapped to physical resources.
  • [X 8 (m)] is filtered to obtain [X 9 (m)]
  • [X 9 (m)] is composed of M elements; and, [X 9 (m)] is obtained through mapping physics Resources get the first signal.
  • element X 9 (m) in [X 9 (m)] is X 8 (m) ⁇ w 4 (m), and w 4 (m) is w 4 (M-1-m).
  • generating the first signal based on [X 8 (m)] can also be: filtering [X 8 (m)] to obtain [X 9 (m)], [X 9 (m)] is composed of M elements ; and, map M elements of [X 9 (m)] to M subcarriers to generate the first signal.
  • element X 9 (m) in [X 9 (m)] is X 8 (m) ⁇ w 4 (m), and w 4 (m) is w 4 (M-1-m).
  • the terminal device can use multiple methods to generate a transmissible first signal based on [X 8 (m)], thereby realizing the sending of information, and the implementation method is flexible.
  • the filtering process can reduce the side lobes of the waveform corresponding to the modulation symbol, and can also reduce the peak value after superposition of the waveforms corresponding to different modulation symbols, thereby reducing the PAPR of the first signal.
  • the fourth aspect provides a communication method, which can be executed by a base station, or by other devices with signal receiving functions, or by a chip system or other functional modules that can realize signal reception,
  • the chip system or other functional modules are installed in the base station.
  • the method includes:
  • a first signal is received, and [s(m)] is obtained from the first signal.
  • the first signal is a signal generated based on [k(m)], [k(m)] is based on the modulation symbol [s(m)] and the phase rotation factor Determined M symbols, where [s(m)] consists of M elements, It consists of M elements, M is a positive integer, elements in is e j ⁇ m , ⁇ is determined based on M, and the element k(m) in [k(m)] is m belongs to ⁇ 0,...,M-1 ⁇ .
  • [s(m)] can be the modulation symbol obtained from the first signal in the following way:
  • [s(m)] is the modulation symbol obtained by demapping physical resources, equalization, decyclic expansion, inverse discrete Fourier transform and dephase rotation of the first signal;
  • [s(m)] is the modulation symbol obtained by demapping physical resources, equalization, inverse discrete Fourier transform and de-phase rotation of the first signal.
  • the first signal is a signal generated according to [k(m)], which can be: the first signal is a signal obtained by mapping physical resources to [X 1 (q)], where, [X 1 (q)] consists of Q elements, Q is the sum of M and E, and E is a positive integer; [X 1 (q)] is Q symbols obtained by cyclic expansion of [X 2 (m)], where, The element X 1 (q) in [X 1 (q)] is X 2 ((q+MP)mod M), and the X 2 ((q+MP)mod M) is in [X 2 (m)] Element, A mod B represents the remainder of A divided by B, P is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to E, q belongs to ⁇ 0,...,Q-1 ⁇ ; [X 2 (m)] is [k (m)]M symbols obtained by discrete Fourier transform.
  • the first signal is a signal generated based on [k(m)], or it can be: the first signal is a signal obtained by mapping physical resources to [X 3 (q)], where [X 3 (q)] is obtained by It consists of Q elements, Q is the sum of M and E, and E is a positive integer; [X 3 (q)] is the Q symbols obtained by filtering [X 1 (q)]; [X 1 (q)] is Q symbols obtained by [X 2 (m)] after cyclic expansion, where the element X 1 (q) in [X 1 (q)] is X 2 ((q+MP)mod M), which is an element in [X 2 (m)], A mod B represents the remainder of A divided by B, P is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to E, q belongs to ⁇ 0,...,Q-1 ⁇ ; [X 2 (m)] is the M symbols obtained by discrete Fourier transform of [k(m)].
  • the first signal is a signal generated based on [k(m)], or it can be: the first signal is a signal obtained by mapping physical resources to [X 2 (m)]; [X 2 (m)] is [k (m)]M symbols obtained by discrete Fourier transform.
  • the first signal is a signal generated based on [k(m)], or it can also be: the first signal is a signal obtained by mapping physical resources to [X 4 (m)]; [X 4 (m)] is [X 2 (m)] M symbols obtained by filtering, where [X 4 (m)] consists of M elements; [X 2 (m)] is obtained by [k (m)] through discrete Fourier transform M symbols.
  • element X 4 (m) in [X 4 (m)] is X 2 (m) ⁇ w 2 (m), and w 2 (m) is w 2 (M-1-m).
  • is determined based on M, which can be: ⁇ is determined based on M, P and E.
  • the modulation method of [s(m)] is four-phase phase shift keying QPSK, ⁇ is ⁇ ( ⁇ M/4+E-2P-1)/M, or ⁇ is close to ⁇ ( ⁇ M/4+E-2P-1)/M.
  • the modulation method of [s(m)] is four-phase phase shift keying QPSK, ⁇ is ⁇ ( ⁇ M/4-1)/M, or ⁇ is ⁇ ( ⁇ M /4-1)/M.
  • a communication method which method can be executed by a base station, or by other equipment with a signal receiving function, or by a chip system or other functional modules that can realize the reception of signals,
  • the chip system or other functional modules are installed in the base station.
  • the method includes:
  • a first signal is received, and [s(m)] is obtained from the first signal.
  • the first signal is a signal generated according to [X 5 (q)], [X 5 (q)] is Q symbols determined according to the modulation symbol [s(m)], where, [s(m)] It is composed of M elements, M is a positive integer, Q is the sum of M and E, E is a positive integer, the element X 5 (q) in [X 5 (q)] is X 6 ((q+MP)mod M ) , this symbols, A mod B represents the remainder of A divided by B, P is determined based on M, P is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to E, P is not equal to (EP), m belongs to ⁇ 0,... , M-1 ⁇ , q belongs to ⁇ 0,...,Q-1 ⁇ .
  • [s(m)] can be the modulation symbol obtained from the first signal in the following way:
  • [s(m)] is the modulation symbol obtained by demapping physical resources, equalization, decyclic expansion, and inverse discrete Fourier transform of the first signal.
  • P is determined based on M, including: P is determined based on M and E.
  • the modulation mode of [s(m)] is quadrature phase shift keying QPSK, and P is an integer determined based on ( ⁇ M/4+E-1)/2.
  • the first signal is a signal generated according to [X 5 (q)], which may be: the first signal is a signal obtained by mapping physical resources to [X 5 (q)].
  • the first signal is a signal generated based on [X 5 (q)], or it can be: the first signal is a signal obtained by mapping physical resources to [X 7 (q)]; [X 7 (q)] is [ X 5 (q)] Q symbols obtained through filtering processing, where [X 7 (q)] includes Q elements.
  • element X 7 (q) in [X 7 (q)] is X 5 (q) ⁇ w 3 (q), and w 3 (q) is w 3 (Q-1-q).
  • a communication method which method can be executed by a base station, or by other equipment with a signal receiving function, or by a chip system or other functional modules that can realize the reception of signals,
  • the chip system or other functional modules are installed in the base station.
  • the method includes:
  • a first signal is received, and [s(m)] is obtained from the first signal.
  • the first signal is a signal generated according to [X 8 (m)], and [X 8 (m)] is generated based on M symbols determined according to the modulation symbol [s(m)], where, [s(m)] It consists of M elements, M is a positive integer, and the element X 8 (m) in [X 8 (m)] is X 6 ((q+MP)mod M), which is the element in [X 6 (m)], [X 6 (m)] is the M symbols obtained by performing discrete Fourier transform on [s(m)], A mod B represents the remainder of A divided by B, P is determined based on M, P is a positive integer, and m belongs to In ⁇ 0,...,M-1 ⁇ .
  • [s(m)] can be the modulation symbol obtained from the first signal in the following way:
  • [s(m)] is the modulation symbol obtained by demapping physical resources, equalization, decyclic shift, and inverse discrete Fourier transform of the first signal.
  • the modulation mode of [s(m)] is quadrature phase shift keying QPSK, and P is an integer determined based on ( ⁇ M/4-1)/2.
  • the first signal is a signal generated based on [X 8 (m)], or it can be: the first signal is a signal obtained by mapping physical resources to [X 9 (m)], and [X 9 (m)] is obtained by M It consists of elements; [X 9 (m)] is M symbols obtained by filtering [X 8 (m)].
  • element X 9 (m) in [X 9 (m)] is X 8 (m) ⁇ w 4 (m), and w 4 (m) is w 4 (M-1-m).
  • a communication device configured to perform the method described in the above fourth to sixth aspects and any one of their possible implementations.
  • the communication device is, for example, a base station, or a functional module in the base station, such as a baseband device or a chip system.
  • the communication device includes a baseband device and a radio frequency device.
  • the communication device includes a processing module (sometimes also called a processing unit) and a transceiver module (sometimes also called a transceiver unit).
  • a processing module sometimes also called a processing unit
  • transceiver module sometimes also called a transceiver unit
  • a communication device may include one or more processors.
  • the communication device may also include a memory.
  • the memory is used to store one or more computer programs or instructions.
  • the one or more processors are configured to execute the one or more computer programs or instructions stored in the memory, so that the communication device executes the above first to third aspects and any possible implementation manner thereof. the method described in .
  • a communication device may include one or more processors.
  • the communication device may also include a memory.
  • the memory is used to store one or more computer programs or instructions.
  • the one or more processors are configured to execute the one or more computer programs or instructions stored in the memory, so that the communication device executes the above fourth to sixth aspects and any possible implementation manner thereof. the method described in .
  • a communication system in an eleventh aspect, includes the communication device described in the seventh aspect, and/or the communication device described in the eighth aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium is provided.
  • the computer-readable storage medium is used to store a computer program or instructions. When executed, the computer-readable storage medium makes it possible to make any one of the above first to third aspects possible.
  • the method described in the implementation manner is realized, or the methods described in the above fourth to sixth aspects and any one of the possible implementation methods thereof are realized. The method described above is implemented.
  • a thirteenth aspect provides a computer program product containing instructions that, when run on a computer, enables the methods described in the above first to third aspects and any of their possible implementations to be implemented, or The method described in the above-mentioned fourth aspect to sixth aspect and any possible implementation manner thereof is realized.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic architectural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of the signal transmission process of DFT-s-OFDM waveform
  • Figure 3 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 4a is a schematic diagram of loop expansion provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 4b is a schematic diagram of phase rotation provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 4c is a schematic diagram of filtering provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 5a is a schematic diagram of generating a first signal provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 5b is another schematic diagram of generating a first signal provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 5c is another schematic diagram of generating a first signal provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 5d is another schematic diagram of generating a first signal provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 6a is a schematic diagram of obtaining [s(m)] provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 6b is another schematic diagram of obtaining [s(m)] provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 7 is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 8 is another schematic diagram of loop expansion provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of yet another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 10 is another schematic diagram of cyclic shift provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the methods and devices provided by the embodiments of this application can be applied to various communication systems, such as fifth generation (5th generation, 5G), new radio (NR), long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE), Internet of Things (Internet of things, IoT), wireless-fidelity (WiFi), wireless communications related to the 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP), or other wireless communications that may appear in the future.
  • 5G fifth generation
  • NR new radio
  • LTE long term evolution
  • IoT Internet of things
  • WiFi wireless-fidelity
  • 3GPP 3rd generation partnership project
  • the mobile phones in Figure 1 include 120a, 120e, 120f and 120j.
  • the mobile phone 120a can access the base station 110a, connect to the car 120b, communicate directly with the mobile phone 120e and access the HAP.
  • the car 120b can access the HAP and communicate with the mobile phone 120a.
  • mobile phone 120f can be connected as micro station 110b, connected to laptop 120g, connected to printer 120h, and mobile phone 120j can control drone 120i.
  • the terminal device is a user-side device with wireless transceiver function.
  • Terminal equipment can also be called terminal, user equipment (UE), mobile station, mobile terminal, etc.
  • Terminal devices can be widely used in various scenarios, such as device-to-device (D2D), vehicle to everything (V2X) communication, machine-type communication (MTC), and the Internet of Things (internet of things, IOT), virtual reality, augmented reality, industrial control, autonomous driving, telemedicine, smart grid, smart furniture, smart office, smart wear, smart transportation, smart city, etc.
  • Terminal devices can be mobile phones, tablets, computers with wireless transceiver functions, wearable devices, vehicles, drones, helicopters, airplanes, ships, robots, robotic arms, smart home devices, etc.
  • Communication between network equipment and terminal equipment, between network equipment and network equipment, and between terminal equipment and terminal equipment can be carried out through licensed spectrum, communication can also be carried out through unlicensed spectrum, or communication can be carried out through licensed spectrum and unlicensed spectrum at the same time.
  • Communication You can communicate through spectrum below 6 gigahertz (GHz), you can communicate through spectrum above 6GHz, and you can also communicate using spectrum below 6GHz and spectrum above 6GHz at the same time.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the spectrum resources used for wireless communication.
  • the network device sends downlink signals or downlink information to the terminal device, and the downlink information is carried on the downlink channel; the terminal device sends uplink signals or uplink information to the network device, and the uplink information is carried on the uplink channel.
  • the terminal device needs to establish a wireless connection with the cell controlled by the network device.
  • the cell with which a terminal device has established a wireless connection is called the serving cell of the terminal device.
  • the terminal equipment maps the frequency domain sequence [X(0),...,X(M-1)] to M subcarriers, and performs N-point IFFT to obtain the time domain sequence [x(0),... ,x(N-1)].
  • the M subcarriers may be M continuous subcarriers or equally spaced M subcarriers, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the value of N can be determined based on the system bandwidth.
  • the terminal device can multiply the frequency domain sequence [X(0),...,X(M-1)] by the precoding matrix, After multiplication, it is mapped to M subcarriers, and N-point IFFT is performed.
  • S24 The terminal device adds a cyclic prefix (CP) to the time domain sequence [x(0),...,x(N-1)] and then performs digital-to-analog conversion to obtain an analog signal.
  • CP cyclic prefix
  • the terminal device sends the analog signal to the base station through the antenna.
  • the base station receives the analog signal.
  • phase rotation factor is recorded as in, Includes M phase rotation factors.
  • the phase rotation factor is written as That is a phase rotation factor.
  • the phase rotation factor is expressed as Describe as an example. Should It may also be called a phase rotation factor sequence, or a phase rotation factor set, etc., and the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto. Should It consists of M elements. Should The M elements of can be respectively: elements in It can be e j ⁇ m , that is
  • the value of ⁇ is related to M, E and P. It can be understood that ⁇ is determined based on M, E and P.
  • the modulation mode of [s(m)] is QPSK, and the ⁇ can be ⁇ ( ⁇ M/4+E-2P-1)/M, or the value of ⁇ can be close to
  • the modulation mode of [s(m)] is BPSK, and the ⁇ can be ⁇ ( ⁇ M/2+E-2P-1)/M, or the value of ⁇ can be close to ⁇ ( ⁇ M/2+E- 2P-1)/M.
  • the modulation method of [s(m)] is ⁇ /2-BPSK, and the ⁇ can be ⁇ (E-2P-1)/M, or the value of ⁇ can be close to ⁇ (E-2P-1)/M .
  • Cyclic expansion of frequency domain sequences can also be called frequency domain extension (spectral extension).
  • cyclic expansion of frequency domain sequences is simply called cyclic expansion.
  • [X 2 (m)] is cyclically expanded by E elements, where P elements are expanded before the first element of [X 2 (m)], and (EP are expanded after the last element of [X 2 (m)] ) elements, get [X 1 (q)] composed of Q elements.
  • This [X 1 (q)] can be called a frequency domain signal, a sequence, a symbol stream, a symbol string or a symbol set, etc.
  • the name of [X 1 (q)] is not limited to this in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the sum of M and E may be determined by the frequency domain bandwidth to which the terminal device is scheduled, for example, by the number of resource blocks (RBs).
  • the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this. .
  • the first signal is a signal generated by [k(m)] after DFT, cyclic expansion and mapping of physical resources.
  • [k(m)] is processed by DFT to obtain [X 2 (m)]; this [X 2 (m)] is processed by cyclic expansion to obtain [X 1 (q)]; this [X 1 (q)] is mapped
  • the physical resource gets the first signal, as shown in Figure 5a.
  • the terminal device can obtain [X 1 (q)] based on [k(m)], filter the obtained [X 1 (q)], and obtain [X 3 (q) ], and map the Q elements of [X 3 (q)] to Q subcarriers to generate the first signal.
  • a transmissible first signal can be generated, thereby enabling the transmission of the first information.
  • the cyclic expansion can increase the time difference between the waveforms corresponding to adjacent modulation symbols and reduce the peak value after the superposition of waveforms corresponding to different modulation symbols.
  • the filtering process can reduce the side lobes of the waveforms corresponding to the modulation symbols, and can also reduce the peak value of the waveforms corresponding to different modulation symbols.
  • the PAPR of the first signal can be reduced.
  • X 4 (0) is X 2 (0) ⁇ w 2 (0)
  • X 4 (1) is X 2 (1) ⁇ w 2 (1)
  • X 4 (2) is X 2 (2) ⁇ w 2 (2)
  • X 4 (3) is X 2 (3) ⁇ w 2 (3).
  • S301 please refer to the relevant content of S301 for the specific description of [X 2 (m)] and mapped physical resources, which will not be described again here.
  • the w 2 (m) is an element in [w 2 (m)].
  • [w 2 (m)] consists of M elements, which correspond to M filter coefficients one-to-one.
  • the M elements of [w 2 (m)] can be respectively: w 2 (0),..., w 2 (M-1).
  • [w 2 (m)] may be predefined, but the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the M elements in [w 2 (m)] are symmetrically equal, that is, w 2 (m) is w 2 (M-1-m).
  • the [X 4 (m)] is the symmetrically filtered version of [X 2 (m)] Processing results in M symbols.
  • the terminal device maps M elements of [X 4 (m)] to M subcarriers.
  • the process of generating the first signal may specifically include: the terminal device maps M elements of [X 4 (m)] to M on the subcarriers, and perform N-point IFFT to obtain a time domain sequence [x(0),...,x(N-1)] composed of N elements; then the time domain sequence [x(0), ..., x(N-1)] is added to CP and then digital-to-analog conversion is performed to obtain the first signal; for details, please refer to the specific implementation processes of S23 and S24.
  • the terminal equipment maps M elements of [X 4 (m)] to M subcarriers, and the specific implementation of generating the first signal can also be implemented in other equivalent ways.
  • the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this.
  • the M subcarriers may be M continuous subcarriers or equally spaced M subcarriers, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device In S302, the terminal device generates a first signal according to [k(m)], and then the terminal device can execute the content shown in S303.
  • the terminal device sends the first signal to the base station.
  • the base station receives the first signal.
  • the terminal device sends the first signal to the base station through an antenna.
  • the base station receives the first signal through the antenna.
  • S304 The base station obtains [s(m)] from the first signal.
  • the base station can obtain [k(m)] from the first signal, and then obtain [s(m)] based on [k(m)]. Further, the base station can obtain the first information according to [s(m)]. For example, the base station demodulates and decodes [s(m)] to obtain the first signal. Or, in another possible implementation, the base station can also obtain [k(m)] from the first signal, and then obtain the first information based on [k(m)], without the need to obtain [k(m)] Get [s(m)]. For example, the base station can demodulate and decode according to [k(m)] to obtain the first information. It should be understood that the embodiment of the present application is not limited to the specific implementation manner in which the base station obtains the first information from the first signal.
  • the base station obtaining [k(m)] from the first signal can be understood as the reverse process (or called the reverse process) of the terminal device generating the first signal based on [k(m)].
  • [k(m)] is the M symbols obtained by demapping physical resources, equalization, decyclic expansion and inverse discrete Fourier transform (IDFT) of the first signal, as shown in Figure 6a Show.
  • the first signal undergoes demapping physical resource processing and equalization processing to obtain [X 1 (q)]; [X 1 (q)] undergoes decyclic expansion processing to obtain [X 2 (m)]; the [X 2 (m)] is processed by IDFT to obtain [k(m)].
  • [k(m)] is dephased and rotated to obtain [s(m)].
  • demapping physical resources refers to the reverse process of mapping physical resources, which can be understood as the process from starting to receive a transmissible analog signal to obtaining the frequency domain sequence corresponding to the information to be received. This process may specifically include digital-to-analog conversion of the analog signal and then CP to obtain a time domain sequence. The time domain sequence is subjected to FFT to obtain a frequency domain sequence corresponding to the information to be received. It should be understood that demapping physical resources can also be implemented in other equivalent ways, and the specific implementation process of demapping physical resources in the embodiments of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the information to be received is the first information.
  • the frequency domain sequence corresponding to the information to be received is [X 2 (m)].
  • Equalization can be used to compensate for signal transmission, or the effects of signal transmission and filtering. For example, when receiving multiple antennas, this equalization can equalize multiple antenna reception. Due to the influence of the channel, the signal will be distorted during the transmission process, and the distortion caused during the signal transmission process can be compensated through equalization. It should be understood that the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific implementation process of equalization.
  • the above-mentioned first signal undergoes demapping physical resource processing and equalization processing to obtain [X 1 (q)]. It can be understood that the first signal undergoes demapping physical resource processing and equalization processing, and the inverse operation of filtering is performed during the equalization process. [X 1 (q)] is obtained; alternatively, the first signal can also be obtained through other equivalent implementation methods, and [X 1 (q)] is obtained.
  • the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the process of the base station obtaining [X 1 (q)] based on the first signal may specifically include: the base station performs digital-to-analog conversion on the first signal and then performs CP processing to obtain a time domain sequence [x ( 0),...,x(N-1)]; perform N-point FFT on the time domain sequence [x(0),...,x(N-1)] to obtain N symbols; according to the frequency of the first signal
  • the Q symbols are taken out from the domain position, and then [X 1 (q)] composed of Q elements is obtained through equalization.
  • the base station can also adopt other equivalent methods to obtain [X 1 (q)] based on the first signal.
  • the embodiment of this application does not describe the specific implementation process of the base station obtaining [X 1 (q)] based on the first signal. It is not limited to this.
  • [k(m)] is the first signal obtained after demapping physical resources, equalization and IDFT M symbols, as shown in Figure 6b.
  • the first signal undergoes demapping physical resource processing and equalization processing to obtain [X 2 (m)];
  • [X 2 (m)] undergoes IDFT processing to obtain [k(m)].
  • [k(m)] is dephased and rotated to obtain [s(m)].
  • [X 2 (m)] and [k (m)] please refer to the relevant content of S301 and will not be repeated here.
  • demapping physical resources, equalization, and de-phase rotation please refer to the foregoing description, which will not be described again here.
  • the base station may obtain [X 2 (m)] according to the first signal, obtain [k(m)] according to the [X 2 (m)], and obtain [s(m)].
  • FIG 7 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 7, this process may include the following content.
  • S701 The terminal device determines [X 5 (q)] based on the modulation symbol.
  • the modulation symbol is denoted as [s(m)].
  • [s(m)] includes M modulation symbols.
  • the modulation symbol is denoted as s(m), which is a modulation symbol.
  • the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the modulation symbol denoted as [s(m)] as an example.
  • the [s(m)] are M symbols obtained by modulating the first information, and the M symbols correspond to the M elements in [s(m)] one-to-one.
  • the terminal device can modulate the first information to obtain [s(m)], and the modulation method is not limited to QPSK, BPSK, ⁇ /2-BPSK or OQPSK.
  • [s(m)] and the first information please refer to the relevant content of S301, which will not be described again here.
  • the terminal device determines [X 5 (q)] based on [s(m)].
  • This [X 5 (q)] is Q symbols obtained by [s(m)] through DFT and cyclic expansion. Among them, [s(m)] can be obtained by DFT processing [X 6 (m)]; [X 6 (m)] can be obtained by cyclic expansion [X 5 (q)].
  • This [X 5 (q)] can be called a frequency domain signal, a sequence, a symbol stream, a symbol string or a symbol set, etc. The embodiment of the present application is not limited to this name of [X 5 (q)].
  • the [X 5 (q)] consists of Q elements.
  • the Q elements of [X 5 (q)] can be respectively: X 5 (0),..., X 5 (Q-1).
  • E is a positive integer, which is the number of elements expanded when the frequency domain sequence corresponding to the first information is cyclically expanded.
  • X 6 ((q+MP)mod M) is an element in [X 6 (m)].
  • a mod B means the remainder after dividing A by B.
  • P is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to E.
  • P is the number of elements that need to be expanded before the first element of [X 6 ( m)] during loop expansion.
  • P is not equal to (EP), that is, the number of elements that need to be expanded before the first element of [X 6 (m)] when [X 6 (m)] is expanded in a loop, this [X 6 (m)] The number of elements that need to be extended after the last element of is not equal.
  • EP the number of elements that need to be expanded before the first element of [X 6 (m)] when [X 6 (m)] is expanded in a loop, this [X 6 (m)]
  • the number of elements that need to be extended after the last element of is not equal.
  • the first element of [X 6 (m)] is X 6 (0) and the last element of [X 6 (m)] is X 6 (M-1).
  • the value of P is related to M, which can be understood as P is determined based on M.
  • P is determined based on M and E.
  • the modulation mode of [s(m)] is QPSK
  • P can be an integer determined based on ( ⁇ M/4+E-1)/2.
  • the P may be an integer value of ( ⁇ M/4+E-1)/2, or an integer value close to ( ⁇ M/4+E-1)/2.
  • P may be an integer value of ( ⁇ M/4+E-1)/2, or the value of P may be close to an integer value of ( ⁇ M/4+E-1)/2.
  • the integer value involved in the embodiment of the present application may be an integer value obtained by rounding operation, that is, the P is a rounded value equal to or close to ( ⁇ M/4+E-1)/2
  • the integer of the rounding operation result but the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this.
  • P can also be an upward rounding operation or a downward rounding operation that is close to or equal to ( ⁇ M/4+E-1)/2. integer.
  • the value of P is related to M, where M can be understood as the number of elements contained in [s(m)], or as the mapping of [X 6 (m)] to subcarriers. the number of subcarriers, but the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this.
  • E can be understood as the number of elements that need to be expanded during [X 6 (m)] cyclic expansion, or as the number of subcarriers mapped by the expanded elements during [X 6 (m)] cyclic expansion.
  • the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this.
  • the sum of M and E, that is, Q, may be determined by the frequency domain bandwidth to which the terminal device is scheduled, for example, by the number of RBs.
  • the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this.
  • the terminal device determines [X 5 (q)] based on [s(m)], which can be understood as the terminal device performs DFT processing on [s(m)] to obtain [X 6 (m)], and then performs [X 6 (m)] performs cyclic expansion to obtain [X 5 (q)]; or, the terminal device determines [X 5 (q)] based on [s(m)], which can also be understood as the terminal device pair s(m)] Perform DFT processing, and perform cyclic expansion during the DFT processing process to obtain [X 5 (q)]; alternatively, the terminal device determines [X 5 (q)] based on [s(m)], which can also be implemented in other equivalent ways.
  • the embodiment of the present application is not limited to the specific implementation process of the terminal device determining [X 5 (q)] based on [s(m)].
  • the first signal may be [X 5 (q)] generated after mapping physical resources; or, the first signal may be [X 5 (q)] after filtering and mapping physical resources.
  • the generated signal it should be understood that the embodiment of the present application is not limited to the specific implementation process of generating the first signal. For descriptions of mapping physical resources and filtering, please refer to the relevant description of S302 and will not be repeated here.
  • the first signal is a signal generated by [X 5 (q)] after mapping physical resources.
  • the terminal device may map Q elements in [X 5 (q)] to Q subcarriers to generate the first signal.
  • the terminal device can map Q elements in [X 5 (q)] to Q subcarriers and perform N-point IFFT to obtain a time domain sequence composed of N elements [x(0),... , x(N-1)]; then add CP to the time domain sequence [x(0),...,x(N-1)] and perform digital-to-analog conversion to obtain the first signal.
  • the terminal device can also use other equivalent methods to map Q elements in [X 5 (q)] onto Q subcarriers to generate the first signal, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto.
  • the Q subcarriers may be continuous Q subcarriers or equally spaced Q subcarriers, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the first signal is a signal generated after [X 5 (q)] is filtered and mapped to physical resources. [X 5 (q)] is filtered to obtain [X 7 (q)]; [X 7 (q)] is the first signal after mapping physical resources.
  • the terminal device can filter [X 5 (q)] to obtain [X 7 (q)], and then map Q elements of [X 7 (q)] to Q subcarriers on, generating the first signal.
  • [X 7 (q)] consists of Q elements.
  • the [X 7 (q)] can be respectively: X 7 (0),..., X 7 (Q-1) for Q elements.
  • This [X 7 (q)] can be called a frequency domain signal, a sequence, a symbol stream, a symbol string or a symbol set.
  • the name of [X 7 (q)] in the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this.
  • the element X 7 (q) in [X 7 (q)] is the product of the element X 5 (q) in [X 5 (q)] and the filter coefficient w 3 (q), that is, [X 7 (q)] element X 7 (q) is X 5 (q) ⁇ w 3 (q).
  • X 7 (0) is X 5 (0) ⁇ w 3 (0)
  • X 7 (1) is X 5 (1) ⁇ w 3 (1)
  • X 7 (2) is X 5 (2) ⁇ w 3 (2)
  • X 7 (3) is X 5 (3) ⁇ w 3 (3).
  • S301 please refer to the relevant content of S301 for the specific description of [X 2 (m)] and mapped physical resources, which will not be described again here.
  • the w 3 (q) is an element in [w 3 (q)].
  • [w 3 (q)] consists of Q elements, which correspond to Q filter coefficients one-to-one.
  • the Q elements of [w 3 (q)] can be respectively: w 3 (0),..., w 3 (Q-1).
  • [w 3 (q)] may be predefined, but the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the Q elements in [w 3 (q)] are symmetrically equal, that is, w 3 (q) is w 3 (Q-1-q).
  • Q 6
  • w 3 (0) w 3 (5)
  • w 3 (1) w 3 (4)
  • w 3 (2) w 3 (3).
  • [X 7 (q)] is [X 5 (q)] and obtains Q symbols through symmetric filtering.
  • the terminal device filters [X 5 (q)]. It can be understood that the terminal device multiplies the element X 5 (q) in [X 5 (q)] by the filter coefficient w 3 (q) to obtain Q elements. Elements composed of [X 7 (q)]. It should be understood that the terminal device can filter [X 5 (q)] through the above frequency domain filtering method, or through other equivalent methods, such as filtering in the time domain. In the embodiment of the present application It is not limited to this.
  • the terminal device maps Q elements of [X 7 (q)] to Q subcarriers.
  • the process of generating the first signal may specifically include: the terminal device maps Q elements of [X 7 (q)] to Q on the subcarriers, and perform N-point IFFT to obtain a time domain sequence [x(0),...,x(N-1)] composed of N elements; then the time domain sequence [x(0), ...,x(N-1)] After adding CP, digital-to-analog conversion is performed to obtain the first signal.
  • the terminal device can also use other equivalent methods to map Q elements of [X 7 (q)] onto Q subcarriers to generate the first signal, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto.
  • the Q subcarriers may be continuous Q subcarriers or equally spaced Q subcarriers, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • S703 The terminal device sends the first signal to the base station.
  • the base station receives the first signal.
  • the terminal device sends the first signal to the base station through an antenna.
  • the base station can receive the first signal through the antenna.
  • the base station obtains [s(m)] from the first signal.
  • the base station can obtain [X 5 (q)] from the first signal, and then obtain [s(m)] based on [X 5 (q)]. Further, the base station can obtain the first information according to [s(m)]. For example, the base station demodulates and decodes [s(m)] to obtain the first signal. Or, in another possible implementation, the base station can also obtain [X 5 (q)] from the first signal, and then obtain the first information based on [X 5 (q)], without the need to obtain the first information based on [X 5 (q)]. q)] gets [s(m)]. For example, the base station can demodulate and decode according to [X 5 (q)] to obtain the first information. It should be understood that the embodiment of the present application is not limited to the specific implementation manner in which the base station obtains the first information from the first signal.
  • the base station obtaining [X 5 (q)] from the first signal can be understood as the reverse process of the terminal device generating the first signal according to [X 5 (q)].
  • [X 5 (q)] may be Q symbols obtained by demapping physical resources and equalizing the first signal. It should be understood that the specific implementation process of obtaining [s(m)] by the base station in the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this. For the description of demapping physical resources and balancing, please refer to the relevant description of S304.
  • [X 5 (q)] is Q symbols obtained by demapping physical resources and equalizing the first signal.
  • [s(m)] may be M symbols obtained by demapping physical resources, equalization, decyclic spreading and IDFT of the first signal.
  • the first signal is de-mapping physical resources and equalizing to obtain [X 5 (q)]; the [X 5 (q)] is decyclically expanded to obtain [X 6 (m)]; the [X 6 (m)] is obtained IDFT processing results in [s(m)].
  • the de-loop expansion please refer to the relevant content of S304, which will not be described again here.
  • the base station can obtain [X 5 (q)] according to the first signal, and obtain [s(m)] according to [X 5 (q)].
  • the process of the base station obtaining [X 5 (q)] based on the first signal may specifically include: the base station performs digital-to-analog conversion on the first signal and then performs CP processing to obtain a time domain sequence [x ( 0),...,x(N-1)]; perform N-point FFT on the time domain sequence [x(0),...,x(N-1)] to obtain N symbols, and according to the first signal Q symbols are taken out from the frequency domain position, and then [X 5 (q)] composed of Q elements is obtained through equalization.
  • the base station can also adopt other equivalent methods to obtain [X 5 (q)] based on the first signal.
  • the embodiment of this application does not describe the specific implementation process of the base station obtaining [X 5 (q)] based on the first signal. It is not limited to this.
  • the base station obtains [s(m)] based on [X 5 (q)], which can be understood as the base station performs decyclic expansion processing on [X 5 (q)] to obtain [X 6 (m)], and then [X 6 (m) )] to perform IDFT processing to obtain [s(m)]; or, the base station obtains [s(m)] based on [X 5 (q)], which can also be understood as the base station performs IDFT processing on [X 5 (q)], and During the IDFT process, decyclic expansion is performed to obtain [s(m)]; or, the base station can obtain [s(m)] based on [X 5 (q)] and other equivalent methods can also be used.
  • the specific implementation process of obtaining [s(m)] based on [X 5 (q)] is not limited to this.
  • the terminal device performs asymmetric cyclic expansion on the frequency domain sequence of the first information, that is, the number of elements that need to be expanded before the first element of [X 6 (m)] is equal to the number of elements that need to be expanded before the first element of [X 6 (m)]. )]
  • the number of elements that need to be expanded after the last element is not equal, which can reduce the peak value of the waveform corresponding to the modulation symbol corresponding to the two adjacent elements after superposition, thereby reducing the waveform generated by [X 5 (q)] PAPR of the first signal, and improve the coverage of the first signal.
  • FIG 9 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 9, this process may include the following content.
  • the terminal device determines [X 8 (m)] based on the modulation symbol.
  • the modulation symbol is denoted as [s(m)].
  • [s(m)] includes M modulation symbols.
  • the modulation symbol is denoted as s(m), which is a modulation symbol.
  • the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the modulation symbol denoted as [s(m)] as an example.
  • the [s(m)] are M symbols obtained by modulating the first information, and the M symbols correspond to the M elements in [s(m)] one-to-one.
  • the terminal device can modulate the first information to obtain [s(m)], and the modulation method is not limited to QPSK, BPSK, ⁇ /2-BPSK or OQPSK.
  • [s(m)] and the first information please refer to the relevant content of S301, which will not be described again here.
  • the terminal device determines [X 8 (m)] based on [s(m)].
  • This [X 8 (m)] is M symbols obtained by [s(m)] through DFT and cyclic shift. Among them, [s(m)] can be obtained by DFT processing [X 6 (m)]; [X 6 (m)] can be obtained by cyclic shift [X 8 (m)].
  • the M elements of [X 8 (m)] can be respectively: X 8 (0),..., X 8 (M-1).
  • This [X 8 (m)] can be called a frequency domain signal, a sequence, a symbol stream, a symbol string or a symbol set, etc.
  • the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this name of [X 8 (m)].
  • the circular shift refers to circularly shifting the M symbols in [X 6 (m)], that is, circularly moving the positions of the M symbols in [X 6 (m)].
  • element X 8 (m) in [X 8 (m)] can be X 6 ((m+MP)mod M).
  • the X 6 ((m+MP) mod M) is an element in [X 6 (m)].
  • a mod B means the remainder after dividing A by B.
  • P is a positive integer. This P can be understood as the number of positions moved by the M symbols in [X 6 (m)] during cyclic shift.
  • the frequency domain sequence before cyclic shift is composed of X 6 (0), X 6 (1), X 6 (2 ), X 6 (3), X 6 ( 4), X 6 (5), X 6 ( 6), and ], consisting of X 6 (6), X 6 (7), X 6 ( 0), X 6 (1), X 6 (2), X 6 ( 3), )composition.
  • the value of P is related to M, which can be understood as P is determined based on M.
  • the modulation mode of [s(m)] is QPSK
  • P can be an integer determined based on ( ⁇ M/4-1)/2.
  • the P may be an integer value of ( ⁇ M/4-1)/2, or an integer value close to ( ⁇ M/4-1)/2.
  • P may be an integer value of ( ⁇ M/4-1)/2, or the value of P may be close to an integer value of ( ⁇ M/4-1)/2.
  • the terminal device determines [X 8 (m)] based on [s(m)], which can be understood as the terminal device performs DFT processing on [s(m)] to obtain [X 6 (m)], and then performs [X 6 (m)] performs a cyclic shift to obtain [X 8 (m)]; alternatively, the terminal device determines [X 8 (m)] based on [s(m)], which can also be understood as the terminal device's pair of s(m) ] performs DFT processing, and performs cyclic shifting during the DFT processing to obtain [
  • the entity implementation process is not limited to this.
  • the terminal device determines [X 8 (m)] based on [s(m)], which can also be expressed as the terminal device determines X 8 (m) based on s(m).
  • the terminal device can map M elements in [X 8 (m)] to M subcarriers to generate the first signal, and it can also be implemented in other ways, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the M subcarriers may be M continuous subcarriers or equally spaced M subcarriers, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal equipment maps M elements of [X 9 (m)] to M subcarriers.
  • the process of generating the first signal may specifically include: the terminal equipment maps M elements of [X 9 (m)] to M on the subcarriers, and perform N-point IFFT to obtain a time domain sequence [x(0),...,x(N-1)] composed of N elements; then the time domain sequence [x(0), ..., x(N-1)], add CP and perform digital-to-analog conversion to obtain the first signal.
  • the terminal device can also use other equivalent methods to map M elements of [X 9 (m)] onto M subcarriers to generate the first signal, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto.
  • the M subcarriers may be M continuous subcarriers or equally spaced M subcarriers, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device sends the first signal to the base station; accordingly, the base station receives the first signal.
  • the base station can obtain [X 8 (m)] according to the first signal, and obtain [s(m)] according to [X 8 (m)].
  • the base station obtains [s(m)] based on [X 8 (m)], which can be understood as the base station performs decyclic shift processing on [X 8 (m)] to obtain [X 6 (m)], and then [X 6 ( m)] performs IDFT processing to obtain [s(m)]; or, the base station obtains [s(m)] based on [X 8 (m)], which can also be understood as the base station performs IDFT processing on [X 8 (m)], And perform decyclic shift during the IDFT process to obtain [s(m)]; or, the base station can obtain [s(m)] according to [X 8 (m)] and can also use other equivalent methods to achieve this.
  • the specific implementation process for the base station to obtain [s(m)] based on [X 8 (m)] is not limited to this.
  • the base station and the terminal equipment include corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for performing each function.
  • the units and method steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed in this application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software driving the hardware depends on the specific application scenarios and design constraints of the technical solution.
  • the ⁇ is determined based on the M, including: the ⁇ is determined based on the M, the P and the E.
  • the processing module 1101 when generating the first signal according to the [k(m)], is used to: perform discrete Fourier transform on the M elements of the [k(m)] Process to obtain [X 2 (m)], which is composed of M elements; filter the [ X 2 ( m)] to obtain [X 4 (m)], where, The [X 4 (m)] is composed of M elements; the M elements of the [X 4 (m)] are mapped to M subcarriers to generate the first signal.
  • the first signal is a signal generated by mapping physical resources to [X 5 (q)]; or, the first signal is the [X 5 (q) ] The signal generated after filtering and mapping physical resources.
  • the P is determined based on the M, including: the P is determined based on the M and the E.
  • the modulation mode of [s(m)] is four-phase phase shift keying QPSK, and the P is an integer determined according to ( ⁇ M/4+E-1)/2 .
  • the processing module 1101 generates a first signal according to the [X 5 (q)], for mapping Q elements of the [X 5 (q)] to Q sub-elements. On the carrier, the first signal is generated.
  • the processing module 1101 when generating the first signal according to [X 8 (m)], is configured to: map M elements of [X 8 (m)] to M On subcarriers, the first signal is generated.
  • the transceiver module 1102 is used to receive a first signal, and the first signal is A signal generated based on [k(m)], which is based on the modulation symbol [s(m)] and the phase rotation factor Determined M symbols, where the [s(m)] consists of M elements, the It consists of M elements, where M is a positive integer, and elements in is e j ⁇ m , the ⁇ is determined based on the M, and the element k(m) in the [k(m)] is The m belongs to ⁇ 0,...,M-1 ⁇ .
  • the processing module 1101 is used to obtain the [s(m)] from the first signal.
  • the [s(m)] is the modulation obtained by demapping physical resources, equalization, decyclic expansion, inverse discrete Fourier transform and dephase rotation of the first signal. symbol; or, the [s(m)] is a modulation symbol obtained by demapping physical resources, equalization, inverse discrete Fourier transform and de-phase rotation of the first signal.
  • the first signal is a signal generated according to [k(m)], including: the first signal is a signal obtained by mapping physical resources to [X 1 (q)], Wherein, the [X 1 (q)] is composed of Q elements, the Q is the sum of the M and E, and the E is a positive integer; the [X 1 (q)] is [X 2 ( m)] Q symbols obtained through cyclic expansion, where the element X 1 (q) in [X 1 (q)] is X 2 ((q+MP)mod M), which is an element in [X 2 (m)], A mod B represents the remainder of A divided by B, the P is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the E, the q belongs to ⁇ 0,... , Q-1 ⁇ ; the [X 2 (m)] is the M symbols obtained by the discrete Fourier transform of the [k (m)].
  • the first signal is a signal generated according to [k(m)], including: the first signal is a signal obtained by mapping physical resources to [X 3 (q)], Wherein, the [X 3 (q)] is composed of Q elements, the Q is the sum of the M and E, and the E is a positive integer; the [X 3 (q)] is [X 1 ( q)] Q symbols obtained by filtering; the [X 1 (q)] is the Q symbols obtained by [X 2 (m)] through cyclic expansion, wherein, in the [X 1 (q)] The element of X 1 (q) is X 2 ( (q+MP)mod M), which Taking the remainder of B, the P is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the E, the q belongs to ⁇ 0,...,Q-1 ⁇ ; the [X 2 (m)] is the [k(m)] M symbols obtained by discrete Fourier transform.
  • the [X 3 (q)] is composed of Q elements, the Q is the sum of the M
  • the ⁇ is determined based on the M, including: the ⁇ is determined based on the M, the P and the E.
  • the modulation mode of [s(m)] is quadrature phase shift keying QPSK, and the ⁇ is ⁇ ( ⁇ M/4+E-2P-1)/M.
  • the first signal is a signal generated according to [k(m)], including: the first signal is a signal obtained by mapping physical resources to [X 2 (m)]; The [X 2 (m)] is M symbols obtained by the discrete Fourier transform of the [k(m)].
  • the first signal is a signal generated according to [k(m)], including: the first signal is a signal obtained by mapping physical resources to [X 4 (m)];
  • the [X 4 (m)] is M symbols obtained by filtering [X 2 (m)], wherein the [X 4 (m)] is composed of M elements;
  • the [X 2 (m) )] are M symbols obtained by the discrete Fourier transform of [k(m)].
  • the modulation mode of [s(m)] is quadrature phase shift keying QPSK, and the ⁇ is ⁇ ( ⁇ M/4-1)/M.
  • the transceiver module 1102 is configured to receive a first signal, the first signal is a signal generated according to [X 5 (q)], and the [X 5 (q)] is a signal generated according to the modulation symbol [s( m)], where the [s(m)] consists of M elements, the M is a positive integer, the Q is the sum of the M and E, and the E is a positive integer , the element X 5 (q) in [X 5 (q)] is X 6 ((q+MP)mod M), and the X 6 ((q+MP)modM) is [X 6 (m)]
  • the elements in , the [X 6 (m)] is the M symbols obtained by performing discrete Fourier transform on the [s(m)], A mod B represents the remainder of A divided by B, and the P is Determined according to the M, the P is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the E, the P is not equal to (EP), and the m belongs to ⁇ 0,
  • the [s(m)] is a modulation symbol obtained by demapping physical resources, equalization, decyclic expansion, and inverse discrete Fourier transform of the first signal.
  • the modulation mode of [s(m)] is four-phase phase shift keying QPSK, and the P is an integer determined according to ( ⁇ M/4+E-1)/2 .
  • the first signal is a signal generated according to [X 5 (q)], including: the first signal is obtained by mapping physical resources to [X 5 (q)] signal of.
  • the first signal is a signal generated according to [X 5 (q)], including: the first signal is a signal obtained by mapping physical resources to [X 7 (q)] ;
  • the [X 7 (q)] is Q symbols obtained by filtering the [X 5 (q)], where [X 7 (q)] includes Q elements.
  • the transceiver module 1102 is configured to receive a first signal, the first signal is a signal generated according to [X 8 (m)], and the [X 8 (m)] is generated according to the modulation symbol [s (m)], where the [s(m)] consists of M elements, the M is a positive integer, and the element X 8 (m) in the [X 8 (m)] for X 6 ((q+MP)mod M), the X 6 ((q+MP)mod M) is an element of [X 6 (m)], and the [X 6 (m)] is an element of the [ s(m)] M symbols obtained by discrete Fourier transform, A mod B represents the remainder of A divided by B, the P is determined based on the M, the P is a positive integer, and the m belongs ⁇ 0,...,M-1 ⁇ .
  • the processing module 1101 is used to obtain the [s(m)] from the first signal.
  • the [s(m)] is a modulation symbol obtained by demapping physical resources, equalization, decyclic shift, and inverse discrete Fourier transform of the first signal.
  • the modulation mode of [s(m)] is quadrature phase shift keying QPSK, and the P is an integer determined according to ( ⁇ M/4-1)/2.
  • the first signal is a signal generated according to [X 8 (m)], including: the first signal is obtained by mapping physical resources to [X 8 (m)] signal of.
  • the first signal is a signal generated according to [X 8 (m)], including: the first signal is a signal obtained by mapping physical resources to [X 9 (m)] , the [X 9 (m)] is composed of M elements; the [X 9 (m)] is the M symbols obtained by filtering the [X 8 (m)].
  • communication device 1200 includes processor 1210 .
  • the communication device 1200 may also include a communication interface 1220 (indicated by a dotted line in Figure 12).
  • the processor 1210 and the communication interface 1220 are coupled to each other. It can be understood that the communication interface 1220 may be a transceiver or an input-output interface.
  • the communication device 1200 may also include a memory 1230 (indicated by a dotted line in FIG. 12 ) for storing instructions executed by the processor 1210 or input data required for the processor 1210 to run the instructions or after the processor 1210 executes the instructions. generated data.
  • the memory 1230, the processor 1210 and the communication interface 1220 are connected through a bus 1240.
  • instructions may also refer to computer programs, codes, program codes, programs, applications, software, or executable files.
  • the processor 1210 is used to implement the functions of the above-mentioned processing module 1101, and the communication interface 1220 is used to implement the functions of the above-mentioned transceiver module 1102.
  • the terminal device chip implements the functions of the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
  • the terminal equipment chip receives information from other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) in the terminal equipment, and the information is sent by the network equipment to the terminal equipment; or, the terminal equipment chip sends information to other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) in the terminal equipment.
  • Antenna sends information, which is sent by the terminal device to the network device.
  • the network device module When the above communication device is a module applied to a network device, the network device module implements the functions of the network device in the above method embodiment.
  • the network device module receives information from other modules in the network device (such as a radio frequency module or antenna), which is sent by the terminal device to the network device; or, the network device module sends information to other modules in the network device (such as a radio frequency module or antenna).
  • Antenna sends information, which is sent by the network device to the terminal device.
  • the network equipment module here can be the baseband chip of the network equipment, or it can be a DU or other module.
  • the DU here can be a DU under the open radio access network (open radio access network, O-RAN) architecture.
  • processor in the embodiments of the present application can be a central processing unit (CPU), or other general-purpose processor, digital signal processor (DSP), or application-specific integrated circuit. (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), field programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components or any combination thereof.
  • a general-purpose processor can be a microprocessor or any conventional processor.
  • the method steps in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented by hardware or by a processor executing software instructions.
  • Software instructions can be composed of corresponding software modules, and the software modules can be stored in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, erasable programmable read-only memory, electrically erasable programmable read-only memory In memory, register, hard disk, mobile hard disk, CD-ROM or any other form of storage medium well known in the art.
  • An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor such that the processor can read information from the storage medium and write information to the storage medium.
  • the storage medium can also be an integral part of the processor.
  • the processor and storage media may be located in an ASIC. Additionally, the ASIC can be located in network equipment or terminal equipment. Of course, the processor and the storage medium can also exist as discrete components in network equipment or terminal equipment.
  • This application also provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores a computer program or instructions.
  • the steps executed by the network device or the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments are implemented. method.
  • the functions described in the above embodiments can be implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products.
  • the technical solution of the present application essentially or contributes to the technical solution or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product.
  • the computer software product is stored in a storage medium and includes a number of instructions. So that a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) executes all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of this application.
  • Storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory ROM, random access memory RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code.
  • the computer program product includes: computer program code.
  • the computer program code When the computer program code is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute any of the foregoing method embodiments executed by a terminal device or a network device. Methods.
  • This application also provides a system, which includes a terminal device and a network device.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a processing device, including a processor and an interface; the processor is configured to execute the method executed by the terminal device or network device involved in any of the above method embodiments.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer programs or instructions.
  • the computer may be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, a network device, a user equipment, or other programmable device.
  • the computer program or instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another.
  • the computer program or instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, A server or data center transmits via wired or wireless means to another website site, computer, server, or data center.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center that integrates one or more available media.
  • the available media may be magnetic media, such as floppy disks, hard disks, and tapes; optical media, such as digital video optical disks; or semiconductor media, such as solid-state hard drives.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be volatile or nonvolatile storage media, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile types of storage media.
  • information information
  • signal signal
  • message messages
  • channel channel
  • “at least one” refers to one or more, and “plurality” refers to two or more.
  • “And/or” describes the association of associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the related objects before and after are an “or” relationship; in the formula of this application, the character “/” indicates that the related objects before and after are a kind of “division” Relationship.
  • “Including at least one of A, B and C” may mean: including A; including B; including C; including A and B; including A and C; including B and C; including A, B and C.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Digital Transmission Methods That Use Modulated Carrier Waves (AREA)

Abstract

A communication method and apparatus The method specifically comprises: determining [k(m)] according to a modulation symbol [s(m)] and a phase rotation factor [φ(m)]; and generating a first signal according to [k(m)], and sending the first signal, wherein [s(m)] is composed of M elements, [φ(m)] is composed of M elements, [k(m)] is composed of M elements, the element φ(m) in [φ(m)] is ejθm, θ is determined according to M, and the element k(m) in [k(m)] is φ(m)*s(m). By means of the embodiments of the present application, a terminal device performs, according to a phase rotation factor, phase rotation on a modulation symbol of information to be sent, so that a phase difference between waveforms corresponding to two adjacent elements in [k(m)] after phase rotation is far away from 0 degree or 180 degrees, thereby reducing a peak after waveforms which correspond to modulation symbols corresponding to the two adjacent elements are superposed. Therefore, the PAPR of a first signal which is generated according to [k(m)] can be reduced, and the coverage range of the first signal can be improved.

Description

一种通信方法及装置A communication method and device
相关申请的交叉引用Cross-references to related applications
本申请要求在2022年03月09日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为202210222604.5、申请名称为“一种通信方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to the Chinese patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office of China on March 9, 2022, with application number 202210222604.5 and application title "A communication method and device", the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference. middle.
技术领域Technical field
本申请实施例涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法及装置。The embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communication technology, and in particular, to a communication method and device.
背景技术Background technique
正交频分复用(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing,OFDM)系统能够提供更好的传输质量、更高的数据速率和频谱效率。然而,由于OFDM符号是由多个独立经过调制的子载波信号叠加而成的,当各个子载波在某个时域采样点的相位相同或者相近时,多个子载波的叠加信号便会产生较大的瞬时峰值功率,并由此带来较高的峰值平均功率比(peak-to-average power ratio,PAPR)。其中,PAPR是指信号的峰值功率与平均功率之间的比值。Orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) systems can provide better transmission quality, higher data rates and spectral efficiency. However, since OFDM symbols are superposed by multiple independently modulated sub-carrier signals, when the phases of each sub-carrier at a certain time domain sampling point are the same or similar, the superimposed signals of multiple sub-carriers will produce a larger signal. instantaneous peak power, which results in a higher peak-to-average power ratio (PAPR). Among them, PAPR refers to the ratio between the peak power and the average power of the signal.
由于功率放大器的线性动态范围是有限的,所以高PAPR的信号容易进入功率放大器的非线性区,导致该信号经过功率放大器后产生非线性失真、带内信号畸变等问题。功率回退技术能够避免高PAPR的信号进入功率放大器的非线性区。但是信号的PAPR越高,该信号需要回退的功率也就越大。而信号的回退的功率越大,该信号的覆盖范围越小,从而降低了该信号的覆盖范围。Since the linear dynamic range of the power amplifier is limited, signals with high PAPR can easily enter the nonlinear region of the power amplifier, causing problems such as nonlinear distortion and in-band signal distortion after the signal passes through the power amplifier. Power backoff technology can prevent high PAPR signals from entering the nonlinear region of the power amplifier. However, the higher the PAPR of the signal, the greater the power that the signal needs to back off. The greater the backoff power of the signal, the smaller the coverage of the signal, thus reducing the coverage of the signal.
相对于OFDM波形,离散傅里叶变换扩频的正交频分复用(discrete fourier transform spread orthogonal frequency division multiplexing,DFT-S-OFDM)的PAPR相对较低,但是仍然有6dB左右。如何进一步降低DFT-S-OFDM波形的PAPR是一个亟待解决的问题。Compared with OFDM waveforms, the PAPR of discrete fourier transform spread orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (DFT-S-OFDM) is relatively low, but it is still about 6dB. How to further reduce the PAPR of DFT-S-OFDM waveform is an urgent problem to be solved.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法及装置,用于降低信号的PAPR,提高信号的覆盖范围。Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and device for reducing the PAPR of a signal and improving the coverage of the signal.
第一方面,提供一种通信方法,该方法可由终端设备执行,或者由具有信号发送功能的其它设备执行,或者由芯片系统或其它功能模块执行,该芯片系统或其它功能模块能够实现信号的发送,例如该芯片系统或其它功能模块设置在终端设备中。该方法包括:The first aspect provides a communication method, which can be executed by a terminal device, or by other devices with a signal sending function, or by a chip system or other functional modules that can realize the sending of signals. , for example, the chip system or other functional modules are installed in the terminal device. The method includes:
根据调制符号[s(m)]和相位旋转因子确定[k(m)];以及根据该[k(m)]生成第一信号,并发送该第一信号。其中,[s(m)]由M个元素组成,由M个元素组成,[k(m)]由M个元素组成,M为正整数,中的元素为ejθm,θ是根据M确定的,[k(m)]中的元素为m属于{0,……,M-1}。According to the modulation symbol [s(m)] and the phase rotation factor Determine [k(m)]; and generate a first signal according to the [k(m)], and send the first signal. Among them, [s(m)] consists of M elements, It consists of M elements, [k(m)] consists of M elements, M is a positive integer, elements in is e jθm , θ is determined based on M, and the elements in [k(m)] are m belongs to {0,...,M-1}.
在本申请上述实施例中,终端设备根据相位旋转因子对待发送信息的调制符号进行相位旋转,得到[k(m)],以使得[k(m)]中的相邻两个元素对应的波形的相位差远离0度或 180度,减小了相邻两个元素对应的调制符号所对应波形在叠加之后的峰值,从而能够减少由[k(m)]生成的第一信号的PAPR,以及提高第一信号的覆盖范围。In the above embodiments of the present application, the terminal device performs phase rotation on the modulation symbol of the information to be sent according to the phase rotation factor to obtain [k(m)], so that the waveform corresponding to two adjacent elements in [k(m)] The phase difference is far from 0 degrees or 180 degrees, which reduces the peak value of the waveform corresponding to the modulation symbols corresponding to two adjacent elements after superposition, thereby reducing the PAPR of the first signal generated by [k(m)] and improving the coverage of the first signal. .
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一信号可以是[k(m)]采用如下四种方式中任一种生成的信号。In a possible implementation, the first signal may be a signal generated by [k(m)] in any of the following four ways.
方式一:该第一信号是[k(m)]经过离散傅里叶变换、循环扩展以及映射物理资源后生成的信号。可选地,该[k(m)]经过离散傅里叶变换得到[X2(m)],[X2(m)]由M个元素组成;[X2(m)]经过循环扩展得到[X1(q)],其中,[X1(q)]由Q个元素组成,Q是M与E之和,E为正整数,[X1(q)]中的元素X1(q)为X2((q+M-P)mod M),该M是[X2(m)]中的元素,A mod B表示A除以B的余数,P为大于或等于0且小于或等于E的整数,q属于{0,……,Q-1};该[X1(q)]经过映射物理资源得到第一信号。Method 1: The first signal is a signal generated by [k(m)] after discrete Fourier transform, cyclic expansion and mapping of physical resources. Optionally, [k(m)] is obtained through discrete Fourier transform [X 2 (m)], [X 2 (m)] is composed of M elements; [X 2 (m)] is obtained through cyclic expansion [X 1 (q)], where [X 1 (q)] consists of Q elements, Q is the sum of M and E, E is a positive integer, the element X 1 (q) in [X 1 (q)] ) is X 2 ((q+MP)mod M), the M is an element in [X 2 (m)], A mod B represents the remainder of A divided by B, P is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to E, q belongs to {0,...,Q-1} ;The [X 1 (q)] obtains the first signal by mapping physical resources.
在上述方式一中,[k(m)]经过DFT、循环扩展以及映射物理资源,生成可传输的第一信号,从而可以实现信息的发送。另外,其中的循环扩展处理能够增加相邻调制符号对应波形之间的时间差,减小不同调制符号对应波形叠加之后的峰值,进一步减少第一信号的PAPR。In the above-mentioned method 1, [k(m)] generates a transmissible first signal through DFT, cyclic expansion and mapping of physical resources, so that information can be sent. In addition, the cyclic extension processing can increase the time difference between waveforms corresponding to adjacent modulation symbols, reduce the peak value after superposition of waveforms corresponding to different modulation symbols, and further reduce the PAPR of the first signal.
方式二:该第一信号是[k(m)]经过离散傅里叶变换、循环扩展、滤波以及映射物理资源后生成的信号。可选地,[k(m)]经过离散傅里叶变换得到[X2(m)],[X2(m)]由M个元素组成;[X2(m)]经过循环扩展得到[X1(q)],其中,[X1(q)]由Q个元素组成,Q是M与E之和,E为正整数,[X1(q)]中的元素X1(q)为X2((q+M-P)mod M),该是[X2(m)]中的元素,P为大于或等于0且小于或等于E的整数,q属于{0,……,Q-1};[X1(q)]经过滤波处理得到[X3(q)],其中,[X3(q)]由Q个元素组成;[X3(q)]经过映射物理资源得到第一信号。进一步,该[X3(q)]中的元素X3(q)可以为X1(q)×w1(q),该w1(q)为w1(Q-1-q)。Method 2: The first signal is a signal generated by [k(m)] after discrete Fourier transform, cyclic expansion, filtering and mapping of physical resources. Optionally, [k(m)] undergoes discrete Fourier transform to obtain [X 2 (m)], [X 2 (m)] is composed of M elements; [X 2 (m)] undergoes cyclic expansion to obtain [ X 1 (q)], where [X 1 (q)] consists of Q elements, Q is the sum of M and E, E is a positive integer, the element X 1 (q) in [X 1 (q)] is X 2 ((q+MP)mod M), the is an element in [X 2 (m)], P is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to E, q belongs to {0,...,Q-1}; [X 1 (q)] is obtained by filtering [X 3 (q)], where [X 3 (q)] consists of Q elements; [X 3 (q)] obtains the first signal by mapping physical resources. Furthermore, the element X 3 (q) in [X 3 (q)] can be X 1 (q)×w 1 (q), and the w 1 (q) is w 1 (Q-1-q).
在上述方式二中,[k(m)]经过DFT、循环扩展、滤波以及映射物理资源后,可以生成可传输的第一信号,从而可以实现信息的发送。另外,其中的循环扩展能够增加相邻调制符号对应波形之间的时间差,减小不同调制符号对应波形叠加之后的峰值,滤波处理可以降低调制符号对应波形的旁瓣,也可以减小不同调制符号对应波形叠加之后的峰值,从而能够减少第一信号的PAPR。In the above-mentioned method 2, [k(m)] can generate a transmittable first signal after undergoing DFT, cyclic expansion, filtering and mapping physical resources, so that information can be sent. In addition, the cyclic expansion can increase the time difference between the waveforms corresponding to adjacent modulation symbols and reduce the peak value after the superposition of waveforms corresponding to different modulation symbols. The filtering process can reduce the side lobes of the waveforms corresponding to the modulation symbols, and can also reduce the peak value of the waveforms corresponding to different modulation symbols. Corresponding to the peak value after superposition of the waveforms, the PAPR of the first signal can be reduced.
方式三:第一信号是[k(m)]经过离散傅里叶变换以及映射物理资源后生成的信号。可选地,[k(m)]经过离散傅里叶变换得到[X2(m)],[X2(m)]由M个元素组成;[X2(m)]经过映射物理资源得到第一信号。Method 3: The first signal is a signal generated by [k(m)] after discrete Fourier transform and mapping of physical resources. Optionally, [k(m)] is obtained by discrete Fourier transform [X 2 (m)], [X 2 (m)] is composed of M elements; [X 2 (m)] is obtained by mapping physical resources The first signal.
在上述方式三中,[k(m)]经过DFT以及映射物理资源后,可以生成可传输的第一信号,从而可以实现信息的发送。另外,由[k(m)]生成第一信号的过程中无需循环扩展处理和滤波处理,能够简化第一信号的生成流程。In the above-mentioned method three, after [k(m)] undergoes DFT and mapping physical resources, a transmissible first signal can be generated, so that information can be sent. In addition, the process of generating the first signal from [k(m)] does not require cyclic expansion processing and filtering processing, which can simplify the generation process of the first signal.
方式四:第一信号是[k(m)]经过离散傅里叶变换、滤波以及映射物理资源后生成的信号。可选地,[k(m)]经过离散傅里叶变换得到[X2(m)],[X2(m)]由M个元素组成;[X2(m)]经过滤波处理得到[X4(m)],其中,[X4(m)]由M个元素组成;[X4(m)]经过映射物理资源得到第一信号。可选地,[X4(m)]中的元素X4(m)为X2(m)×w2(m),w2(m)为w2(M-1-m);[X4(m)]经过映射物理资源得到第一信号。Method 4: The first signal is a signal generated by [k(m)] after discrete Fourier transform, filtering and mapping of physical resources. Optionally, [k(m)] undergoes discrete Fourier transform to obtain [X 2 (m)], [X 2 (m)] consists of M elements; [X 2 (m)] undergoes filtering processing to obtain [ X 4 (m)], where [X 4 (m)] consists of M elements; [X 4 (m)] obtains the first signal by mapping physical resources. Alternatively, element X 4 (m) in [X 4 (m)] is X 2 (m) × w 2 (m), w 2 (m) is w 2 (M-1-m); [X 4 (m)] obtain the first signal by mapping physical resources.
在上述方式四中,[k(m)]经过DFT,滤波以及映射物理资源后,可以生成可传输的第 一信号,从而可以实现信息的发送。另外,其中的滤波处理能够进一步减少第一信号的PAPR。In the above-mentioned method 4, [k(m)] can be generated after DFT, filtering and mapping of physical resources. A signal, so that information can be sent. In addition, the filtering process therein can further reduce the PAPR of the first signal.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,根据[k(m)]生成第一信号,具体可以为:根据[k(m)],获取[X1(q)],其中,[X1(q)]由Q个元素组成,Q是M与E之和,E为正整数,[X1(q)]中的元素X1(q)为X2((q+M-P)mod M),该X2((q+M-P)modM)是[X2(m)]中的元素,[X2(m)]是对[k(m)]进行离散傅里叶变换得到的M个符号,A mod B表示A除以B的余数,P为大于或等于0且小于或等于E的整数,q属于{0,……,Q-1};将[X1(q)]的Q个元素映射到Q个子载波上,生成第一信号。In another possible implementation, the first signal is generated according to [k(m)], specifically: according to [k(m)], obtain [X 1 (q)], where, [X 1 (q) )] consists of Q elements, Q is the sum of M and E, E is a positive integer, the element X 1 (q) in [X 1 (q)] is X 2 ((q+MP)mod M), the X 2 ((q+MP)modM) is the element in [X 2 (m)], [X 2 (m)] is the M symbols obtained by performing discrete Fourier transform on [k(m)], A mod B represents the remainder of A divided by B, P is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to E, q belongs to {0,...,Q-1}; map Q elements of [X 1 (q)] onto Q subcarriers to generate a first signal.
或者,根据[k(m)]生成第一信号,也可以为:根据[k(m)],获取[X1(q)],其中,[X1(q)]由Q个元素组成,Q是M与E之和,E为正整数,[X1(q)]中的元素X1(q)为X2((q+M-P)mod M),该X2((q+M-P)mod M)是[X2(m)]中的元素,[X2(m)]是对[k(m)]进行离散傅里叶变换得到的M个符号,A mod B表示A除以B的余数,P为大于或等于0且小于或等于E的整数,q属于{0,……,Q-1};对[X1(q)]滤波,得到[X3(q)],其中,[X3(q)]由Q个元素组成;将[X3(q)]的Q个元素映射到Q个子载波上,生成第一信号。可选地,该[X3(q)]中的元素X3(q)可以为X1(q)×w1(q),该w1(q)为w1(Q-1-q)。Alternatively, generating the first signal based on [k(m)] may also be: obtaining [X 1 (q)] based on [k(m)], where [X 1 (q)] consists of Q elements, Q is the sum of M and E, E is a positive integer, the element X 1 (q) in [X 1 (q)] is X 2 ((q+MP)mod M), the X 2 ((q+MP) mod M) is the element in [X 2 (m)], [X 2 (m)] is the M symbols obtained by performing the discrete Fourier transform on [k(m)], A mod B means A divided by B The remainder of , [X 3 (q)] consists of Q elements; map the Q elements of [X 3 (q)] to Q subcarriers to generate the first signal. Alternatively, the element X 3 (q) in [X 3 (q)] can be X 1 (q)×w 1 (q), and the w 1 (q) is w 1 (Q-1-q) .
或者,根据[k(m)]生成第一信号,也可以为:对[k(m)]的M个元素进行离散傅里叶变换处理,得到[X2(m)],[X2(m)]由M个元素组成;将[X2(m)]的M个元素映射到M个子载波上,生成第一信号。Alternatively, generating the first signal based on [k(m)] may also be: performing discrete Fourier transform processing on the M elements of [k(m)] to obtain [X 2 (m)], [X 2 ( m)] consists of M elements; map the M elements of [X 2 (m)] to M subcarriers to generate the first signal.
或者,根据[k(m)]生成第一信号,还可以为:对[k(m)]的M个元素进行离散傅里叶变换处理,得到[X2(m)],[X2(m)]由M个元素组成;对[X2(m)]进行滤波,得到[X4(m)],其中,[X4(m)]由M个元素组成;将[X4(m)]的M个元素映射到M个子载波上,生成第一信号。可选地,该[X4(m)]中的元素X4(m)为X2(m)×w2(m),该w2(m)为w2(M-1-m)。Alternatively, generating the first signal based on [k(m)] may also include: performing discrete Fourier transform processing on the M elements of [k(m)] to obtain [X 2 (m)], [X 2 ( m)] consists of M elements; filter [X 2 (m)] to obtain [X 4 (m)], where [X 4 (m)] consists of M elements; [X 4 (m)] )] are mapped to M subcarriers to generate the first signal. Optionally, the element X 4 (m) in [X 4 (m)] is X 2 (m)×w 2 (m), and the w 2 (m) is w 2 (M-1-m).
在上述实现方式中,终端设备可以采用多种方式根据[k(m)]生成可传输的第一信号,实现了信息的发送,且实现方式灵活。In the above implementation, the terminal device can use multiple methods to generate a transmissible first signal based on [k(m)], thereby realizing the sending of information, and the implementation method is flexible.
在一种可能的实现方式中,θ是根据M确定的,可以为:该θ是根据M,P和E确定的。In a possible implementation, θ is determined based on M, which can be: the θ is determined based on M, P and E.
在上述实现方式中,相位旋转因子的取值不仅与循环扩展前所需的子载波的数量有关,还与循环扩展后所增加的子载波的数量以及第一个元素之前循环扩展的元素的数量有关,能够适应性地对[s(m)]进行相位旋转,减少第一信号的PAPR。In the above implementation, the value of the phase rotation factor is not only related to the number of subcarriers required before cyclic expansion, but also to the number of added subcarriers after cyclic expansion and the number of cyclically expanded elements before the first element. Relatedly, [s(m)] can be phase-rotated adaptively to reduce the PAPR of the first signal.
在一种可能的实现方式中,[s(m)]的调制方式为四相相移键控QPSK,θ为π(±M/4+E-2P-1)/M;或者,θ接近π(±M/4+E-2P-1)/M。In a possible implementation, the modulation method of [s(m)] is four-phase phase shift keying QPSK, and θ is π(±M/4+E-2P-1)/M; or, θ is close to π (±M/4+E-2P-1)/M.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,[s(m)]的调制方式为四相相移键控QPSK,θ为π(±M/4-1)/M;或者,θ接近π(±M/4-1)/M。In another possible implementation, the modulation method of [s(m)] is four-phase phase shift keying QPSK, and θ is π(±M/4-1)/M; or, θ is close to π(±M /4-1)/M.
第二方面,提供一种通信方法,该方法可由终端设备执行,或者由具有信号发送功能的其它设备执行,或者由芯片系统或其它功能模块执行,该芯片系统或其它功能模块能够实现信号的发送,例如该芯片系统或其它功能模块设置在终端设备中。该方法包括:The second aspect provides a communication method, which can be executed by a terminal device, or by other devices with a signal sending function, or by a chip system or other functional modules that can realize the sending of signals. , for example, the chip system or other functional modules are installed in the terminal device. The method includes:
根据调制符号[s(m)],确定[X5(q)];以及根据该[X5(q)]生成第一信号,并发送第一信号。其中,[s(m)]由M个元素组成,M为正整数,[X5(q)]由Q个元素组成,Q为M与E之和,E为正整数,其中,[X5(q)]中的元素X5(q)为X6((q+M-P)mod M),该X6((q+M-P)mod M)是[X6(m)]中的元素,[X6(m)]是对[s(m)]进行离散傅里叶变换得 到的M个符号,A mod B表示A除以B的余数,P是根据M确定的,P为大于或等于0且小于或等于E的整数,P与(E-P)不相等,m属于{0,……,M-1},q属于{0,……,Q-1}。According to the modulation symbol [s(m)], [X 5 (q)] is determined; and a first signal is generated according to the [X 5 (q)], and the first signal is sent. Among them, [s(m)] consists of M elements, M is a positive integer, [X 5 (q)] consists of Q elements, Q is the sum of M and E, and E is a positive integer, where [X 5 (q)] element X 5 (q) is X 6 ((q+MP)mod M), which X 6 ((q+MP)mod M) is an element in [X 6 (m)], X 6 (m)] is obtained by performing discrete Fourier transform on [s(m)] M symbols, A mod B represents the remainder of A divided by B, P is determined based on M, P is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to E, P is not equal to (EP), m belongs to {0 ,...,M-1}, q belongs to {0,...,Q-1}.
在本申请上述实施例中,终端设备对待传输信息的频域序列进行非对称的循环扩展,即[X6(m)]的第一个元素之前需要扩展的元素的数量与该[X6(m)]的最后一个元素之后需要扩展的元素的数量不相等,能够减小相邻两个元素对应的调制符号所对应波形在叠加之后的峰值,从而能够减少由[X5(q)]生成的第一信号的PAPR,以及提高第一信号的覆盖范围。In the above embodiment of the present application, the terminal device performs asymmetric cyclic expansion of the frequency domain sequence of the information to be transmitted, that is, the number of elements that need to be expanded before the first element of [X 6 (m)] is equal to the number of elements of [X 6 (m)]. The number of elements that need to be expanded after the last element of m)] is not equal, which can reduce the peak value of the waveform corresponding to the modulation symbol corresponding to the two adjacent elements after superposition, thereby reducing the number of elements generated by [X 5 (q)] the PAPR of the first signal, and improve the coverage of the first signal.
在一种可能的实现方式中,P是根据M确定的,可以为:P是根据M和E确定的。In a possible implementation, P is determined based on M, which can be: P is determined based on M and E.
在上述实现方式中,[X6(m)]的第一个元素之前需要扩展的元素的数量不仅与[X6(m)]所需的子载波的数量有关,还与[X6(m)]循环扩展时所扩展的子载波的数量有关。In the above implementation, the number of elements that need to be extended before the first element of [X 6 (m)] is not only related to the number of subcarriers required for [X 6 (m)], but also to the )] is related to the number of subcarriers expanded during cyclic expansion.
在一种可能的实现方式中,[s(m)]的调制方式为四相相移键控QPSK,P为根据(±M/4+E-1)/2确定的整数。In a possible implementation, the modulation mode of [s(m)] is quadrature phase shift keying QPSK, and P is an integer determined based on (±M/4+E-1)/2.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一信号可以是[X5(q)]经过如下方式生成的信号:In a possible implementation, the first signal may be a signal generated by [X 5 (q)] in the following manner:
第一信号是[X5(q)]经过映射物理资源后生成的信号;The first signal is the signal generated by [X 5 (q)] after mapping physical resources;
或者,第一信号是[X5(q)]经过滤波以及映射物理资源后生成的信号。可选地,[X5(q)]经过滤波处理,得到[X7(q)],[X7(q)]由Q个元素组成;[X7(q)]经过映射物理资源得到第一信号。可选地,该[X7(q)]中的元素X7(q)为X5(q)×w3(q),w3(q)为w3(Q-1-q)。Alternatively, the first signal is a signal generated after [X 5 (q)] is filtered and mapped to physical resources. Optionally, [X 5 (q)] is filtered to obtain [X 7 (q)], which consists of Q elements; [ X 7 ( q)] is obtained by mapping physical resources. A signal. Optionally, element X 7 (q) in [X 7 (q)] is X 5 (q)×w 3 (q), and w 3 (q) is w 3 (Q-1-q).
在另一种可能的实现方式中,根据[X5(q)]生成第一信号,可以为:将[X5(q)]的Q个元素映射到Q个子载波上,生成第一信号。In another possible implementation, generating the first signal according to [X 5 (q)] may be: mapping Q elements of [X 5 (q)] to Q subcarriers to generate the first signal.
或者,根据[X5(q)]生成第一信号,可以为:对[X5(q)]滤波,得到[X7(q)],[X7(q)]由Q个元素组成;以及,将[X7(q)]的Q个元素映射到Q个子载波上,生成第一信号。可选地,[X7(q)]中的元素X7(q)为X5(q)×w3(q),w3(q)为w3(Q-1-q)。Or, generating the first signal based on [X 5 (q)] can be: filtering [X 5 (q)] to obtain [X 7 (q)], [X 7 (q)] is composed of Q elements; And, map Q elements of [X 7 (q)] to Q subcarriers to generate the first signal. Alternatively, element X 7 (q) in [X 7 (q)] is X 5 (q)×w 3 (q), and w 3 (q) is w 3 (Q-1-q).
在上述实现方式中,终端设备可以采用多种方式根据[X5(q)]生成可传输的第一信号,实现了信息的发送,且实现方式灵活。其中的滤波处理可以降低调制符号对应波形的旁瓣,也可以减小不同调制符号对应波形叠加之后的峰值,从而能够减少第一信号的PAPR。In the above implementation manner, the terminal device can use multiple methods to generate a transmissible first signal according to [X 5 (q)], thereby realizing the sending of information, and the implementation method is flexible. The filtering process can reduce the side lobes of the waveform corresponding to the modulation symbol, and can also reduce the peak value after superposition of the waveforms corresponding to different modulation symbols, thereby reducing the PAPR of the first signal.
第三方面,提供一种通信方法,该方法可由终端设备执行,或者由具有信号发送功能的其它设备执行,或者由芯片系统或其它功能模块执行,该芯片系统或其它功能模块能够实现信号的发送,例如该芯片系统或其它功能模块设置在终端设备中。该方法包括:In the third aspect, a communication method is provided, which method can be executed by a terminal device, or by other devices with a signal sending function, or by a chip system or other functional modules that can realize the sending of signals. , for example, the chip system or other functional modules are installed in the terminal device. The method includes:
根据调制符号[s(m)],确定[X8(m)];以及根据该[X8(m)]生成第一信号,并发送该第一信号。其中,该[s(m)]由M个元素组成,M为正整数,[X8(m)]由M个元素组成,其中,[X8(m)]中的元素X8(m)为X6((m+M-P)mod M),该X6((m+M-P)mod M)是[X6(m)]中的元素,[X6(m)]是对[s(m)]进行离散傅里叶变换得到的M个符号,A mod B表示A除以B的余数,P是根据M确定的,P为正整数,m属于{0,……,M-1}。According to the modulation symbol [s(m)], [X 8 (m)] is determined; and a first signal is generated according to the [X 8 (m)], and the first signal is sent. Among them, [s(m)] consists of M elements, M is a positive integer, [X 8 (m)] consists of M elements, among which, the element X 8 (m) in [X 8 (m)] is X 6 ( ( m+MP ) mod M), which )] M symbols obtained by performing discrete Fourier transform, A mod B represents the remainder of A divided by B, P is determined based on M, P is a positive integer, and m belongs to {0,...,M-1}.
在本申请上述实施例中,终端设备对待传输信息的频域序列进行循环移位,能够减小相邻两个元素对应的调制符号所对应波形在叠加之后的峰值,从而能够减少由[X8(m)]生成的第一信号的PAPR,以及提高第一信号的覆盖范围。In the above embodiments of the present application, the terminal equipment performs a cyclic shift on the frequency domain sequence of the information to be transmitted, which can reduce the peak value of the waveform corresponding to the modulation symbols corresponding to two adjacent elements after superposition, thereby reducing the waveform caused by [X 8 (m)] generates a PAPR of the first signal, and improves the coverage of the first signal.
在一种可能的实现方式中,[s(m)]的调制方式为四相相移键控QPSK,P为根据(±M/4-1)/2确定的整数。 In a possible implementation, the modulation mode of [s(m)] is quadrature phase shift keying QPSK, and P is an integer determined based on (±M/4-1)/2.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一信号可以是[X8(m)]经过如下方式生成的信号:In a possible implementation, the first signal may be a signal generated by [X 8 (m)] in the following manner:
第一信号是[X8(m)]经过映射物理资源后生成的信号;The first signal is the signal generated by [X 8 (m)] after mapping physical resources;
或者,第一信号是[X8(m)]经过滤波以及映射物理资源后生成的信号。可选地,该[X8(m)]经过滤波处理得到[X9(m)],[X9(m)]由M个元素组成;以及,该[X9(m)]经过映射物理资源得到第一信号。可选地,该[X9(m)]中的元素X9(m)为X8(m)×w4(m),w4(m)为w4(M-1-m)。Alternatively, the first signal is a signal generated after [X 8 (m)] is filtered and mapped to physical resources. Optionally, [X 8 (m)] is filtered to obtain [X 9 (m)], [X 9 (m)] is composed of M elements; and, [X 9 (m)] is obtained through mapping physics Resources get the first signal. Optionally, element X 9 (m) in [X 9 (m)] is X 8 (m)×w 4 (m), and w 4 (m) is w 4 (M-1-m).
在另一种可能的实现方式中,根据[X8(m)]生成第一信号,可以为:将[X8(m)]的M个元素映射到M个子载波上,生成第一信号。In another possible implementation, generating the first signal according to [X 8 (m)] may be: mapping M elements of [X 8 (m)] to M subcarriers to generate the first signal.
或者,根据[X8(m)]生成第一信号,也可以为:对[X8(m)]滤波,得到[X9(m)],[X9(m)]由M个元素组成;以及,将[X9(m)]的M个元素映射到M个子载波上,生成第一信号。可选地,该[X9(m)]中的元素X9(m)为X8(m)×w4(m),w4(m)为w4(M-1-m)。Alternatively, generating the first signal based on [X 8 (m)] can also be: filtering [X 8 (m)] to obtain [X 9 (m)], [X 9 (m)] is composed of M elements ; and, map M elements of [X 9 (m)] to M subcarriers to generate the first signal. Optionally, element X 9 (m) in [X 9 (m)] is X 8 (m)×w 4 (m), and w 4 (m) is w 4 (M-1-m).
在上述实现方式中,终端设备可以采用多种方式根据[X8(m)]生成可传输的第一信号,实现了信息的发送,且实现方式灵活。其中的滤波处理可以降低调制符号对应波形的旁瓣,也可以减小不同调制符号对应波形叠加之后的峰值,从而能够减少第一信号的PAPR。In the above implementation, the terminal device can use multiple methods to generate a transmissible first signal based on [X 8 (m)], thereby realizing the sending of information, and the implementation method is flexible. The filtering process can reduce the side lobes of the waveform corresponding to the modulation symbol, and can also reduce the peak value after superposition of the waveforms corresponding to different modulation symbols, thereby reducing the PAPR of the first signal.
第四方面,提供一种通信方法,该方法可由基站执行,或者由具有信号接收功能的其它设备执行,或者由芯片系统或其它功能模块执行,该芯片系统或其它功能模块能够实现信号的接收,例如该芯片系统或其它功能模块设置在基站中。该方法包括:The fourth aspect provides a communication method, which can be executed by a base station, or by other devices with signal receiving functions, or by a chip system or other functional modules that can realize signal reception, For example, the chip system or other functional modules are installed in the base station. The method includes:
接收第一信号,以及从该第一信号中获取[s(m)]。其中,该第一信号是根据[k(m)]生成的信号,[k(m)]是根据调制符号[s(m)]和相位旋转因子确定的M个符号,其中,[s(m)]由M个元素组成,由M个元素组成,M为正整数,中的元素为ejθm,θ是根据M确定的,[k(m)]中的元素k(m)为m属于{0,……,M-1}。A first signal is received, and [s(m)] is obtained from the first signal. Wherein, the first signal is a signal generated based on [k(m)], [k(m)] is based on the modulation symbol [s(m)] and the phase rotation factor Determined M symbols, where [s(m)] consists of M elements, It consists of M elements, M is a positive integer, elements in is e jθm , θ is determined based on M, and the element k(m) in [k(m)] is m belongs to {0,...,M-1}.
在一种可能的实现方式中,[s(m)]可以是第一信号经过如下方式获取的调制符号:In a possible implementation, [s(m)] can be the modulation symbol obtained from the first signal in the following way:
[s(m)]是第一信号经过解映射物理资源、均衡、去循环扩展、离散傅里叶逆变换以及去相位旋转后得到的调制符号;[s(m)] is the modulation symbol obtained by demapping physical resources, equalization, decyclic expansion, inverse discrete Fourier transform and dephase rotation of the first signal;
或者,[s(m)]是第一信号经过解映射物理资源、均衡、离散傅里叶逆变换以及去相位旋转后得到的调制符号。Alternatively, [s(m)] is the modulation symbol obtained by demapping physical resources, equalization, inverse discrete Fourier transform and de-phase rotation of the first signal.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一信号是根据[k(m)]生成的信号,可以为:第一信号是[X1(q)]经过映射物理资源得到的信号,其中,[X1(q)]由Q个元素组成,Q是M与E之和,E为正整数;[X1(q)]是[X2(m)]经过循环扩展得到的Q个符号,其中,[X1(q)]中的元素X1(q)为X2((q+M-P)mod M),该X2((q+M-P)mod M)是[X2(m)]中的元素,A mod B表示A除以B的余数,P为大于或等于0且小于或等于E的整数,q属于{0,……,Q-1};[X2(m)]是[k(m)]经过离散傅里叶变换得到的M个符号。In a possible implementation, the first signal is a signal generated according to [k(m)], which can be: the first signal is a signal obtained by mapping physical resources to [X 1 (q)], where, [X 1 (q)] consists of Q elements, Q is the sum of M and E, and E is a positive integer; [X 1 (q)] is Q symbols obtained by cyclic expansion of [X 2 (m)], where, The element X 1 (q) in [X 1 (q)] is X 2 ((q+MP)mod M), and the X 2 ((q+MP)mod M) is in [X 2 (m)] Element, A mod B represents the remainder of A divided by B, P is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to E, q belongs to {0,...,Q-1}; [X 2 (m)] is [k (m)]M symbols obtained by discrete Fourier transform.
或者,第一信号是根据[k(m)]生成的信号,也可以为:第一信号是[X3(q)]经过映射物理资源得到的信号,其中,[X3(q)]由Q个元素组成,Q是M与E之和,E为正整数;[X3(q)]是[X1(q)]经过滤波处理得到的Q个符号;[X1(q)]是[X2(m)]经过循环扩展得到的Q个符号,其中,[X1(q)]中的元素X1(q)为X2((q+M-P)mod M),该是[X2(m)]中的元素,A mod B表示A除以B的余数,P为大于或等于0且小于或等于E的整数,q属于{0,……,Q-1};[X2(m)]是[k(m)]经过离散傅里叶变换得到的M个符号。可选地,该X3(q)]中的元素X3(q)为X1(q)×w1(q),w1(q)为w1(Q-1-q)。 Alternatively, the first signal is a signal generated based on [k(m)], or it can be: the first signal is a signal obtained by mapping physical resources to [X 3 (q)], where [X 3 (q)] is obtained by It consists of Q elements, Q is the sum of M and E, and E is a positive integer; [X 3 (q)] is the Q symbols obtained by filtering [X 1 (q)]; [X 1 (q)] is Q symbols obtained by [X 2 (m)] after cyclic expansion, where the element X 1 (q) in [X 1 (q)] is X 2 ((q+MP)mod M), which is an element in [X 2 (m)], A mod B represents the remainder of A divided by B, P is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to E, q belongs to {0,...,Q-1}; [X 2 (m)] is the M symbols obtained by discrete Fourier transform of [k(m)]. Optionally, the element X 3 (q) in the X 3 (q)] is X 1 (q) × w 1 (q), and w 1 (q) is w 1 (Q-1-q).
或者,第一信号是根据[k(m)]生成的信号,也可以为:第一信号是[X2(m)]经过映射物理资源得到的信号;[X2(m)]是[k(m)]经过离散傅里叶变换得到的M个符号。Alternatively, the first signal is a signal generated based on [k(m)], or it can be: the first signal is a signal obtained by mapping physical resources to [X 2 (m)]; [X 2 (m)] is [k (m)]M symbols obtained by discrete Fourier transform.
或者,第一信号是根据[k(m)]生成的信号,还可以为:第一信号是[X4(m)]经过映射物理资源得到的信号;[X4(m)]是[X2(m)]经过滤波处理得到的M个符号,其中,[X4(m)]由M个元素组成;[X2(m)]是[k(m)]经过离散傅里叶变换得到的M个符号。可选地,[X4(m)]中的元素X4(m)为X2(m)×w2(m),w2(m)为w2(M-1-m)。Or, the first signal is a signal generated based on [k(m)], or it can also be: the first signal is a signal obtained by mapping physical resources to [X 4 (m)]; [X 4 (m)] is [X 2 (m)] M symbols obtained by filtering, where [X 4 (m)] consists of M elements; [X 2 (m)] is obtained by [k (m)] through discrete Fourier transform M symbols. Alternatively, element X 4 (m) in [X 4 (m)] is X 2 (m) × w 2 (m), and w 2 (m) is w 2 (M-1-m).
在一种可能的实现方式中,θ是根据M确定的,可以为:θ是根据M,P和E确定的。In a possible implementation, θ is determined based on M, which can be: θ is determined based on M, P and E.
在一种可能的实现方式中,[s(m)]的调制方式为四相相移键控QPSK,θ为π(±M/4+E-2P-1)/M,或者θ接近π(±M/4+E-2P-1)/M。In a possible implementation, the modulation method of [s(m)] is four-phase phase shift keying QPSK, θ is π(±M/4+E-2P-1)/M, or θ is close to π( ±M/4+E-2P-1)/M.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,[s(m)]的调制方式为四相相移键控QPSK,θ为π(±M/4-1)/M,或者,θ为π(±M/4-1)/M。In another possible implementation, the modulation method of [s(m)] is four-phase phase shift keying QPSK, θ is π(±M/4-1)/M, or θ is π(±M /4-1)/M.
第五方面,提供一种通信方法,该方法可由基站执行,或者由具有信号接收功能的其它设备执行,或者由芯片系统或其它功能模块执行,该芯片系统或其它功能模块能够实现信号的接收,例如该芯片系统或其它功能模块设置在基站中。该方法包括:In the fifth aspect, a communication method is provided, which method can be executed by a base station, or by other equipment with a signal receiving function, or by a chip system or other functional modules that can realize the reception of signals, For example, the chip system or other functional modules are installed in the base station. The method includes:
接收第一信号,以及从第一信号中获取[s(m)]。其中,该第一信号是根据[X5(q)]生成的信号,[X5(q)]是根据调制符号[s(m)]确定的Q个符号,其中,[s(m)]由M个元素组成,M为正整数,Q为M与E之和,E为正整数,[X5(q)]中的元素X5(q)为X6((q+M-P)mod M),该X6((q+M-P)mod M)是[X6(m)]中的元素,[X6(m)]是对[s(m)]进行离散傅里叶变换得到的M个符号,A mod B表示A除以B的余数,P是根据M确定的,P为大于或等于0且小于或等于E的整数,P与(E-P)不相等,m属于{0,……,M-1},q属于{0,……,Q-1}。A first signal is received, and [s(m)] is obtained from the first signal. Wherein, the first signal is a signal generated according to [X 5 (q)], [X 5 (q)] is Q symbols determined according to the modulation symbol [s(m)], where, [s(m)] It is composed of M elements, M is a positive integer, Q is the sum of M and E, E is a positive integer, the element X 5 (q) in [X 5 (q)] is X 6 ((q+MP)mod M ) , this symbols, A mod B represents the remainder of A divided by B, P is determined based on M, P is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to E, P is not equal to (EP), m belongs to {0,... , M-1}, q belongs to {0,...,Q-1}.
在一种可能的实现方式中,[s(m)]可以是第一信号经过如下方式获取的调制符号:In a possible implementation, [s(m)] can be the modulation symbol obtained from the first signal in the following way:
[s(m)]是第一信号经过解映射物理资源、均衡、去循环扩展、以及离散傅里叶逆变换后得到的调制符号。[s(m)] is the modulation symbol obtained by demapping physical resources, equalization, decyclic expansion, and inverse discrete Fourier transform of the first signal.
在一种可能的实现方式中,P是根据M确定的,包括:P是根据M和E确定的。In a possible implementation, P is determined based on M, including: P is determined based on M and E.
在一种可能的实现方式中,[s(m)]的调制方式为四相相移键控QPSK,P为根据(±M/4+E-1)/2确定的整数。In a possible implementation, the modulation mode of [s(m)] is quadrature phase shift keying QPSK, and P is an integer determined based on (±M/4+E-1)/2.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一信号是根据[X5(q)]生成的信号,可以为:第一信号是[X5(q)]经过映射物理资源得到的信号。In a possible implementation manner, the first signal is a signal generated according to [X 5 (q)], which may be: the first signal is a signal obtained by mapping physical resources to [X 5 (q)].
或者,第一信号是根据[X5(q)]生成的信号,也可以为:第一信号是[X7(q)]经过映射物理资源得到的信号;[X7(q)]是[X5(q)]经过滤波处理得到的Q个符号,其中,[X7(q)]包括Q个元素。可选地,[X7(q)]中的元素X7(q)为X5(q)×w3(q),w3(q)为w3(Q-1-q)。Alternatively, the first signal is a signal generated based on [X 5 (q)], or it can be: the first signal is a signal obtained by mapping physical resources to [X 7 (q)]; [X 7 (q)] is [ X 5 (q)] Q symbols obtained through filtering processing, where [X 7 (q)] includes Q elements. Alternatively, element X 7 (q) in [X 7 (q)] is X 5 (q)×w 3 (q), and w 3 (q) is w 3 (Q-1-q).
第六方面,提供一种通信方法,该方法可由基站执行,或者由具有信号接收功能的其它设备执行,或者由芯片系统或其它功能模块执行,该芯片系统或其它功能模块能够实现信号的接收,例如该芯片系统或其它功能模块设置在基站中。该方法包括:In the sixth aspect, a communication method is provided, which method can be executed by a base station, or by other equipment with a signal receiving function, or by a chip system or other functional modules that can realize the reception of signals, For example, the chip system or other functional modules are installed in the base station. The method includes:
接收第一信号,以及从第一信号中获取[s(m)]。其中,第一信号是根据[X8(m)]生成的信号,[X8(m)]生成是根据调制符号[s(m)]确定的M个符号,其中,[s(m)]由M个元素组成,M为正整数,[X8(m)]中的元素X8(m)为X6((q+M-P)mod M),该是[X6(m)]中的元素,[X6(m)]是对[s(m)]进行离散傅里叶变换得到的M个符号,A mod B表示A除以B的余数,P是根据M确定的,P为正整数,m属 于{0,……,M-1}。A first signal is received, and [s(m)] is obtained from the first signal. Wherein, the first signal is a signal generated according to [X 8 (m)], and [X 8 (m)] is generated based on M symbols determined according to the modulation symbol [s(m)], where, [s(m)] It consists of M elements, M is a positive integer, and the element X 8 (m) in [X 8 (m)] is X 6 ((q+MP)mod M), which is the element in [X 6 (m)], [X 6 (m)] is the M symbols obtained by performing discrete Fourier transform on [s(m)], A mod B represents the remainder of A divided by B, P is determined based on M, P is a positive integer, and m belongs to In {0,...,M-1}.
在一种可能的实现方式中,[s(m)]可以是第一信号经过如下方式获取的调制符号:In a possible implementation, [s(m)] can be the modulation symbol obtained from the first signal in the following way:
[s(m)]是第一信号经过解映射物理资源、均衡、去循环移位、以及离散傅里叶逆变换后得到的调制符号。[s(m)] is the modulation symbol obtained by demapping physical resources, equalization, decyclic shift, and inverse discrete Fourier transform of the first signal.
在一种可能的实现方式中,[s(m)]的调制方式为四相相移键控QPSK,P为根据(±M/4-1)/2确定的整数。In a possible implementation, the modulation mode of [s(m)] is quadrature phase shift keying QPSK, and P is an integer determined based on (±M/4-1)/2.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一信号是根据[X8(m)]生成的信号,可以为:第一信号是[X8(m)]经过映射物理资源得到的信号。In a possible implementation manner, the first signal is a signal generated according to [X 8 (m)], which may be: the first signal is a signal obtained by mapping physical resources to [X 8 (m)].
或者,第一信号是根据[X8(m)]生成的信号,也可以为:第一信号是[X9(m)]经过映射物理资源得到的信号,[X9(m)]由M个元素组成;[X9(m)]是[X8(m)]经过滤波处理得到的M个符号。可选地,[X9(m)]中的元素X9(m)为X8(m)×w4(m),w4(m)为w4(M-1-m)。Alternatively, the first signal is a signal generated based on [X 8 (m)], or it can be: the first signal is a signal obtained by mapping physical resources to [X 9 (m)], and [X 9 (m)] is obtained by M It consists of elements; [X 9 (m)] is M symbols obtained by filtering [X 8 (m)]. Alternatively, element X 9 (m) in [X 9 (m)] is X 8 (m) × w 4 (m), and w 4 (m) is w 4 (M-1-m).
第七方面,提供一种通信装置。所述通信装置用于执行为上述第一方面至第三方面及其任一项可能的实现方式中所述的方法。该通信装置例如为终端设备,或为终端设备中的功能模块,例如基带装置或芯片系统等。一种可能的实现方式中,所述通信装置包括基带装置和射频装置。另一种可能的实现方式中,所述通信装置包括处理模块(有时也称为处理单元)和收发模块(有时也称为收发单元)。收发模块能够实现发送功能和接收功能,在收发模块实现发送功能时,可称为发送模块(有时也称为发送单元),在收发模块实现接收功能时,可称为接收模块(有时也称为接收单元)。发送模块和接收模块可以是同一个功能模块,该功能模块称为收发模块,该功能模块能实现发送功能和接收功能;或者,发送,模块和接收模块可以是不同的功能模块,收发模块是对这些功能模块的统称。In a seventh aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device is configured to perform the method described in the above first to third aspects and any one of their possible implementations. The communication device is, for example, a terminal device, or a functional module in the terminal device, such as a baseband device or a chip system. In a possible implementation, the communication device includes a baseband device and a radio frequency device. In another possible implementation, the communication device includes a processing module (sometimes also called a processing unit) and a transceiver module (sometimes also called a transceiver unit). The transceiver module can realize the sending function and the receiving function. When the transceiver module realizes the sending function, it can be called the sending module (sometimes also called the sending unit). When the transceiver module realizes the receiving function, it can be called the receiving module (sometimes also called the sending unit). receiving unit). The sending module and the receiving module can be the same functional module, which is called the sending and receiving module, and this functional module can realize the sending function and the receiving function; or the sending module and the receiving module can be different functional modules, and the sending and receiving module is a pair of The collective name for these functional modules.
第八方面,提供一种通信装置。所述通信装置用于执行上述第四方面至第六方面及其任一项可能的实现方式中所述的方法。该通信装置例如为基站,或为基站中的功能模块,例如基带装置或芯片系统等。一种可能的实现方式中,所述通信装置包括基带装置和射频装置。另一种可能的实现方式中,所述通信装置包括处理模块(有时也称为处理单元)和收发模块(有时也称为收发单元)。关于收发模块的实现方式可参考第七方面的介绍。In an eighth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device is configured to perform the method described in the above fourth to sixth aspects and any one of their possible implementations. The communication device is, for example, a base station, or a functional module in the base station, such as a baseband device or a chip system. In a possible implementation, the communication device includes a baseband device and a radio frequency device. In another possible implementation, the communication device includes a processing module (sometimes also called a processing unit) and a transceiver module (sometimes also called a transceiver unit). Regarding the implementation of the transceiver module, please refer to the introduction in the seventh aspect.
第九方面,提供一种通信装置。所述通信装置可以包括一个或多个处理器。可选地,该通信装置还可以包括存储器。其中,所述存储器用于存储一个或多个计算机程序或指令。所述一个或多个处理器用于执行所述存储器存储的所述一个或多个计算机程序或指令,以使得所述通信装置执行上述第一方面至第三方面及其任一项可能的实现方式中所述的方法。In a ninth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communications device may include one or more processors. Optionally, the communication device may also include a memory. Wherein, the memory is used to store one or more computer programs or instructions. The one or more processors are configured to execute the one or more computer programs or instructions stored in the memory, so that the communication device executes the above first to third aspects and any possible implementation manner thereof. the method described in .
第十方面,提供一种通信装置。所述通信装置可以包括一个或多个处理器。可选地,该通信装置还可以包括存储器。其中,所述存储器用于存储一个或多个计算机程序或指令。所述一个或多个处理器用于执行所述存储器存储的所述一个或多个计算机程序或指令,以使得所述通信装置执行上述第四方面至第六方面及其任一项可能的实现方式中所述的方法。In a tenth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communications device may include one or more processors. Optionally, the communication device may also include a memory. Wherein, the memory is used to store one or more computer programs or instructions. The one or more processors are configured to execute the one or more computer programs or instructions stored in the memory, so that the communication device executes the above fourth to sixth aspects and any possible implementation manner thereof. the method described in .
第十一方面,提供一种通信系统。所述通信系统包括上述第七方面所述的通信装置,和/或,上述第八方面所述的通信装置。In an eleventh aspect, a communication system is provided. The communication system includes the communication device described in the seventh aspect, and/or the communication device described in the eighth aspect.
第十二方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质用于存储计算机程序或指令,当其被运行时,使得上述第一方面至第三方面及其任一项可能的实现方式中所述的方法被实现,或者使得上述第四方面至第六方面及其任一项可能的实现方式中所 述的方法被实现。In a twelfth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided. The computer-readable storage medium is used to store a computer program or instructions. When executed, the computer-readable storage medium makes it possible to make any one of the above first to third aspects possible. The method described in the implementation manner is realized, or the methods described in the above fourth to sixth aspects and any one of the possible implementation methods thereof are realized. The method described above is implemented.
第十三方面,提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得上述第一方面至第三方面及其任一项可能的实现方式中所述的方法被实现,或者使得上述第四方面至第六方面及其任一项可能的实现方式中所述的方法被实现。A thirteenth aspect provides a computer program product containing instructions that, when run on a computer, enables the methods described in the above first to third aspects and any of their possible implementations to be implemented, or The method described in the above-mentioned fourth aspect to sixth aspect and any possible implementation manner thereof is realized.
上述第四方面至第十三方面及其任一项可能的实现方式所能达到的技术效果请相应参照上述第一方面至第三方面及其任一项可能的实现方式所能达到的技术效果,这里不再重复赘述。For the technical effects that can be achieved by the above-mentioned fourth aspect to thirteenth aspect and any of their possible implementation methods, please refer to the technical effects that can be achieved by the above-mentioned first to third aspects and any of their possible implementation methods. , which will not be repeated here.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1为本申请实施例提供的通信系统的架构示意图;Figure 1 is a schematic architectural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2为DFT-s-OFDM波形的信号发送流程示意图;Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of the signal transmission process of DFT-s-OFDM waveform;
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图;Figure 3 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4a为本申请实施例提供的循环扩展的一种示意图;Figure 4a is a schematic diagram of loop expansion provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图4b为本申请实施例提供的相位旋转的一种示意图;Figure 4b is a schematic diagram of phase rotation provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4c为本申请实施例提供的滤波的一种示意图;Figure 4c is a schematic diagram of filtering provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5a为本申请实施例提供的生成第一信号的一种示意图;Figure 5a is a schematic diagram of generating a first signal provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5b为本申请实施例提供的生成第一信号的又一种示意图;Figure 5b is another schematic diagram of generating a first signal provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5c为本申请实施例提供的生成第一信号的又一种示意图;Figure 5c is another schematic diagram of generating a first signal provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5d为本申请实施例提供的生成第一信号的再一种示意图;Figure 5d is another schematic diagram of generating a first signal provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6a为本申请实施例提供的获取[s(m)]的一种示意图;Figure 6a is a schematic diagram of obtaining [s(m)] provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图6b为本申请实施例提供的获取[s(m)]的又一种示意图;Figure 6b is another schematic diagram of obtaining [s(m)] provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法的流程示意图;Figure 7 is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的循环扩展的又一种示意图;Figure 8 is another schematic diagram of loop expansion provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的再一种通信方法的流程示意图;Figure 9 is a schematic flowchart of yet another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的循环移位的又一种示意图;Figure 10 is another schematic diagram of cyclic shift provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的一种示意图;Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的又一种示意图。Figure 12 is another schematic diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
本申请实施例提供的方法和装置可应用于各种通信系统,例如,第五代(5th generation,5G),新无线(new radio,NR),长期演进(long term evolution,LTE),物联网(internet of things,IoT),无线保真(wireless-fidelity,WiFi),第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)相关的无线通信,或未来可能出现的其他无线通信等。The methods and devices provided by the embodiments of this application can be applied to various communication systems, such as fifth generation (5th generation, 5G), new radio (NR), long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE), Internet of Things (Internet of things, IoT), wireless-fidelity (WiFi), wireless communications related to the 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP), or other wireless communications that may appear in the future.
图1是本申请的实施例应用的通信系统的架构示意图。如图1所示,该通信系统1000包括无线接入网100和核心网200。可选地,通信系统1000还可以包括互联网300。其中,无线接入网100可以包括至少一个网络设备,如图1中的110a和110b,还可以包括至少一个终端设备,如图1中的120a-120j。其中,110a是基站,110b是微站,120a、120e、120f和120j是手机,120b是汽车,120c是加油机,120d是布置在室内或室外的家庭接入节点(home access point,HAP),120g是笔记本电脑,120h是打印机,120i是无人机。其 中,同一个终端设备或网络设备,在不同应用场景中可以提供不同的功能。比如,图1中的手机有120a、120e、120f和120j,手机120a可以接入基站110a,连接汽车120b,与手机120e直连通信以及接入到HAP,汽车120b可以接入HAP以及与手机120a直连通信,手机120f可以接入为微站110b,连接笔记本电脑120g,连接打印机120h,手机120j可以控制无人机120i。Figure 1 is a schematic architectural diagram of a communication system applied in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 1, the communication system 1000 includes a wireless access network 100 and a core network 200. Optionally, the communication system 1000 may also include the Internet 300. The wireless access network 100 may include at least one network device, such as 110a and 110b in Figure 1, and may also include at least one terminal device, such as 120a-120j in Figure 1. Among them, 110a is a base station, 110b is a micro station, 120a, 120e, 120f and 120j are mobile phones, 120b is a car, 120c is a gas pump, and 120d is a home access point (HAP) arranged indoors or outdoors. 120g is a laptop, 120h is a printer, and 120i is a drone. That , the same terminal device or network device can provide different functions in different application scenarios. For example, the mobile phones in Figure 1 include 120a, 120e, 120f and 120j. The mobile phone 120a can access the base station 110a, connect to the car 120b, communicate directly with the mobile phone 120e and access the HAP. The car 120b can access the HAP and communicate with the mobile phone 120a. For direct communication, mobile phone 120f can be connected as micro station 110b, connected to laptop 120g, connected to printer 120h, and mobile phone 120j can control drone 120i.
网络设备是一种具有无线收发功能的网络侧设备。网络设备可以是无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)中为终端设备提供无线通信功能的装置,称为RAN设备。例如,该无线接入网设备,可以是基站(base station)、演进型基站(evolved NodeB,eNodeB)、发送接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)、第五代(5th generation,5G)移动通信系统中的下一代基站(next generation NodeB,gNB)、第六代(6th generation,6G)移动通信系统中的基站、未来移动通信系统中的基站或WiFi系统中的接入节点等;也可以是完成基站部分功能的模块或单元,例如,可以是集中式单元(central unit,CU),也可以是分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)。这里的CU完成基站的无线资源控制协议和分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)的功能,还可以完成业务数据适配协议(service data adaptation protocol,SDAP)的功能;DU完成基站的无线链路控制层和介质访问控制(medium access control,MAC)层的功能,还可以完成部分物理层或全部物理层的功能,有关上述各个协议层的具体描述,可以参考第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)的相关技术规范。网络设备可以是宏基站(如图1中的110a),也可以是微基站或室内站(如图1中的110b),还可以是中继节点或施主节点等。本申请的实施例对网络设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。Network equipment is a network-side device with wireless transceiver functions. The network equipment can be a device in the radio access network (RAN) that provides wireless communication functions for terminal equipment, which is called RAN equipment. For example, the wireless access network equipment may be a base station (base station), an evolved base station (evolved NodeB, eNodeB), a transmission reception point (TRP), a fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) mobile communication system The next generation base station (next generation NodeB, gNB), the base station in the sixth generation (6th generation, 6G) mobile communication system, the base station in the future mobile communication system or the access node in the WiFi system, etc.; it can also be completed Modules or units with some functions of the base station, for example, can be a centralized unit (CU) or a distributed unit (DU). The CU here completes the functions of the base station's radio resource control protocol and packet data convergence protocol (PDCP), and can also complete the functions of the service data adaptation protocol (SDAP); DU completes the functions of the base station The functions of the wireless link control layer and medium access control (MAC) layer can also complete some or all of the physical layer functions. For specific descriptions of each of the above protocol layers, please refer to the Third Generation Partner Program (3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP) related technical specifications. The network device may be a macro base station (110a in Figure 1), a micro base station or an indoor station (110b in Figure 1), or a relay node or a donor node, etc. The embodiments of this application do not limit the specific technology and specific equipment form used by the network equipment.
终端设备是一种具有无线收发功能的用户侧设备。终端设备也可以称为终端、用户设备(user equipment,UE)、移动台、移动终端等。终端设备可以广泛应用于各种场景,例如,设备到设备(device-to-device,D2D)、车物(vehicle to everything,V2X)通信、机器类通信(machine-type communication,MTC)、物联网(internet of things,IOT)、虚拟现实、增强现实、工业控制、自动驾驶、远程医疗、智能电网、智能家具、智能办公、智能穿戴、智能交通、智慧城市等。终端设备可以是手机、平板电脑、带无线收发功能的电脑、可穿戴设备、车辆、无人机、直升机、飞机、轮船、机器人、机械臂、智能家居设备等。本申请实施例中,用于实现终端设备的功能的装置可以是终端设备,也可以是能够支持终端设备实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统或可实现终端设备功能的组合器件、部件,该装置可以被安装在终端设备中。本申请的实施例对终端设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。The terminal device is a user-side device with wireless transceiver function. Terminal equipment can also be called terminal, user equipment (UE), mobile station, mobile terminal, etc. Terminal devices can be widely used in various scenarios, such as device-to-device (D2D), vehicle to everything (V2X) communication, machine-type communication (MTC), and the Internet of Things (internet of things, IOT), virtual reality, augmented reality, industrial control, autonomous driving, telemedicine, smart grid, smart furniture, smart office, smart wear, smart transportation, smart city, etc. Terminal devices can be mobile phones, tablets, computers with wireless transceiver functions, wearable devices, vehicles, drones, helicopters, airplanes, ships, robots, robotic arms, smart home devices, etc. In the embodiment of the present application, the device used to realize the function of the terminal device may be a terminal device, or may be a device capable of supporting the terminal device to realize the function, such as a chip system or a combined device or component that can realize the function of the terminal device. The device Can be installed in terminal equipment. The embodiments of this application do not limit the specific technology and specific equipment form used by the terminal equipment.
网络设备和终端设备可以是固定位置的,也可以是可移动的。网络设备和终端设备可以部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持或车载;也可以部署在水面上;还可以部署在空中的飞机、气球和人造卫星上。本申请的实施例对网络设备和终端设备的应用场景不做限定。Network equipment and terminal equipment can be fixed-location or removable. Network equipment and terminal equipment can be deployed on land, including indoors or outdoors, handheld or vehicle-mounted; they can also be deployed on water; they can also be deployed on aircraft, balloons and satellites in the sky. The embodiments of this application do not limit the application scenarios of network devices and terminal devices.
网络设备和终端设备的角色可以是相对的,例如,图1中的直升机或无人机120i可以被配置成移动网络设备,对于那些通过120i接入到无线接入网100的终端设备120j来说,终端设备120i是网络设备;但对于网络设备110a来说,120i是终端设备,即110a与120i之间是通过无线空口协议进行通信的。当然,110a与120i之间也可以是通过网络设备与网络设备之间的接口协议进行通信的,此时,相对于110a来说,120i也是网络设备。因此, 网络设备和终端设备都可以统一称为通信装置,图1中的110a和110b可以称为具有网络设备功能的通信装置,图1中的120a-120j可以称为具有终端设备功能的通信装置。The roles of network equipment and terminal equipment may be relative. For example, the helicopter or drone 120i in Figure 1 may be configured as a mobile network equipment, for those terminal equipment 120j that accesses the wireless access network 100 through 120i. , the terminal device 120i is a network device; but for the network device 110a, 120i is a terminal device, that is, communication between 110a and 120i is through a wireless air interface protocol. Of course, communication between 110a and 120i may also be carried out through an interface protocol between network devices. In this case, relative to 110a, 120i is also a network device. therefore, Both network equipment and terminal equipment can be collectively called communication devices. 110a and 110b in Figure 1 can be called communication devices with network equipment functions, and 120a-120j in Figure 1 can be called communication devices with terminal equipment functions.
网络设备和终端设备之间、网络设备和网络设备之间、终端设备和终端设备之间可以通过授权频谱进行通信,也可以通过免授权频谱进行通信,也可以同时通过授权频谱和免授权频谱进行通信;可以通过6千兆赫(gigahertz,GHz)以下的频谱进行通信,也可以通过6GHz以上的频谱进行通信,还可以同时使用6GHz以下的频谱和6GHz以上的频谱进行通信。本申请的实施例对无线通信所使用的频谱资源不做限定。Communication between network equipment and terminal equipment, between network equipment and network equipment, and between terminal equipment and terminal equipment can be carried out through licensed spectrum, communication can also be carried out through unlicensed spectrum, or communication can be carried out through licensed spectrum and unlicensed spectrum at the same time. Communication; You can communicate through spectrum below 6 gigahertz (GHz), you can communicate through spectrum above 6GHz, and you can also communicate using spectrum below 6GHz and spectrum above 6GHz at the same time. The embodiments of the present application do not limit the spectrum resources used for wireless communication.
在本申请的实施例中,网络设备的功能也可以由网络设备中的模块(如芯片)来执行,也可以由包含有网络设备功能的控制子系统来执行。这里的包含有网络设备功能的控制子系统可以是智能电网、工业控制、智能交通、智慧城市等上述应用场景中的控制中心。终端设备的功能也可以由终端设备中的模块(如芯片或调制解调器)来执行,也可以由包含有终端设备功能的装置来执行。In the embodiments of the present application, the functions of the network device may also be executed by modules (such as chips) in the network device, or may be executed by a control subsystem that includes the functions of the network device. The control subsystem here that includes network equipment functions can be the control center in the above application scenarios such as smart grid, industrial control, smart transportation, smart city, etc. The functions of the terminal equipment can also be performed by modules in the terminal equipment (such as chips or modems), or can be performed by devices containing the functions of the terminal equipment.
在本申请中,网络设备向终端设备发送下行信号或下行信息,下行信息承载在下行信道上;终端设备向网络设备发送上行信号或上行信息,上行信息承载在上行信道上。终端设备为了与网络设备进行通信,需要与网络设备控制的小区建立无线连接。与终端设备建立了无线连接的小区称为该终端设备的服务小区。当终端设备与该服务小区进行通信的时候,还会受到来自邻区的信号的干扰。In this application, the network device sends downlink signals or downlink information to the terminal device, and the downlink information is carried on the downlink channel; the terminal device sends uplink signals or uplink information to the network device, and the uplink information is carried on the uplink channel. In order to communicate with the network device, the terminal device needs to establish a wireless connection with the cell controlled by the network device. The cell with which a terminal device has established a wireless connection is called the serving cell of the terminal device. When the terminal equipment communicates with the serving cell, it will also be interfered by signals from neighboring cells.
本申请涉及的信号发送装置可以是图1中的网络设备,信号接收装置可以是图1中的终端设备;或者,本申请涉及的信号发送装置可以是图1中的终端设备,信号接收装置可以是图1中的终端设备;或者,本申请涉及的信号发送装置、信号接收装置皆为图1中的终端设备或网络设备。为了便于理解,下文中以信号发送装置为终端设备,信号接收装置为基站为例进行介绍。The signal sending device involved in this application may be the network equipment in Figure 1, and the signal receiving device may be the terminal equipment in Figure 1; or, the signal sending device involved in this application may be the terminal equipment in Figure 1, and the signal receiving device may It is the terminal equipment in Figure 1; or, the signal sending device and the signal receiving device involved in this application are both the terminal equipment or network equipment in Figure 1. For ease of understanding, the following description takes the signal transmitting device as a terminal device and the signal receiving device as a base station as an example.
在本申请的实施例中,调制符号的调制方式可以是四相相移键控(quadrature phase shift keying,QPSK),也可以是二进制相移键控(binary phase shift keying,BPSK),还可以是偏移四相相移键控(offset phase shift keying,OQPSK)等。如果没有特殊说明,本申请实施例以调制符号的调制方式为QPSK为例。In the embodiment of the present application, the modulation method of the modulation symbol may be quadrature phase shift keying (QPSK), binary phase shift keying (BPSK), or Offset phase shift keying (offset phase shift keying, OQPSK), etc. If there is no special explanation, in the embodiment of this application, the modulation mode of the modulation symbol is QPSK as an example.
前面介绍了本申请实施例适用的通信系统。为了便于本领域技术人员理解,接下来对本申请实施例所涉及的技术特征进行解释说明。The communication system applicable to the embodiments of this application has been introduced previously. In order to facilitate understanding by those skilled in the art, the technical features involved in the embodiments of the present application will be explained below.
在目前的通信流程中,终端设备可以基于待发送的信息生成发送信号,并通过天线将该发送信号发送给基站。该发送信号可以是待发送信息经过调制、离散傅里叶变换(discrete fourier transform,DFT)以及映射物理资源后生成的信号。但本申请实施例对待发送信号的生成流程并不限定于此,例如该发送信号还可以是待发送信息经过调制、DFT、滤波以及映射物理资源后生成的信号。In the current communication process, the terminal device can generate a transmission signal based on the information to be transmitted, and send the transmission signal to the base station through the antenna. The transmission signal may be a signal generated after the information to be transmitted is modulated, discrete Fourier transform (DFT), and mapped to physical resources. However, the generation process of the signal to be sent in the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this. For example, the signal to be sent may also be a signal generated after the information to be sent is modulated, DFT, filtered, and mapped to physical resources.
需要说明的是,映射物理资源并生成信号,或者频域序列映射到子载波上并生成信号,可以理解为从待发送的信息对应的频域序列到获得可传输的模拟信号的这一过程。这一过程具体可以包括频域序列映射到子载波并经过快速傅里叶反变换(inverse fast fourier transformation,IFFT)得到时域序列,时域序列经过加循环前缀(cyclic prefix,CP)后再经过数模转换得到可传输的模拟信号。应理解的是,本申请实施例对映射物理资源并不限定于此,例如频域序列还可以先与预编码矩阵相乘,相乘之后再映射到子载波并经过IFFT得到时域序列。发送端也可以使用其他等效方式生成信号,本申请实施例对此不做限定。 It should be noted that mapping physical resources and generating signals, or mapping frequency domain sequences to subcarriers and generating signals, can be understood as the process from the frequency domain sequence corresponding to the information to be sent to obtaining a transmittable analog signal. This process can specifically include mapping the frequency domain sequence to subcarriers and obtaining the time domain sequence through inverse fast fourier transformation (IFFT). The time domain sequence is added with a cyclic prefix (CP) and then Digital-to-analog conversion results in a transmissible analog signal. It should be understood that the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this for mapping physical resources. For example, the frequency domain sequence can also be multiplied by the precoding matrix first, and then mapped to subcarriers and subjected to IFFT to obtain the time domain sequence. The sending end may also use other equivalent methods to generate signals, which is not limited in the embodiments of this application.
图2示出了DFT-s-OFDM波形的信号发送流程的一种示意图。以QPSK调制为例,该信号发送流程具体可以包括如下内容。Figure 2 shows a schematic diagram of the signal transmission process of DFT-s-OFDM waveform. Taking QPSK modulation as an example, the signal transmission process may specifically include the following contents.
S21:终端设备对2M个比特的待发送的信息进行QPSK调制,得到M个调制符号。M为正整数。QPSK调制使用四种不同相位来表示不同的信息,一个QPSK调制符号可以承载2个比特的信息。QPSK的四个相位可以为[0,π/2,π,3π/2]或者为[π/4,3π/4,5π/4,7π/4]。S21: The terminal device performs QPSK modulation on 2M bits of information to be sent, and obtains M modulation symbols. M is a positive integer. QPSK modulation uses four different phases to represent different information. One QPSK modulation symbol can carry 2 bits of information. The four phases of QPSK can be [0, π/2, π, 3π/2] or [π/4, 3π/4, 5π/4, 7π/4].
S22:终端设备对M个调制符号进行M点的DFT,得到频域序列[X(0),……,X(M-1)]。S22: The terminal equipment performs M-point DFT on M modulation symbols to obtain the frequency domain sequence [X(0),...,X(M-1)].
S23:终端设备将频域序列[X(0),……,X(M-1)]映射到M个子载波上,并进行N点的IFFT,得到时域序列[x(0),……,x(N-1)]。其中,M个子载波可以是连续的M个子载波,也可以是等间隔的M个子载波,本申请实施例对此并不限定。N的取值可以根据系统带宽确定。可选地,在终端设备通过多天线发送该待发送的信息的情况下,终端设备可以将频域序列[X(0),……,X(M-1)]与预编码矩阵相乘,相乘之后再映射到M个子载波上,并进行N点的IFFT。S23: The terminal equipment maps the frequency domain sequence [X(0),...,X(M-1)] to M subcarriers, and performs N-point IFFT to obtain the time domain sequence [x(0),... ,x(N-1)]. The M subcarriers may be M continuous subcarriers or equally spaced M subcarriers, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. The value of N can be determined based on the system bandwidth. Optionally, when the terminal device sends the information to be sent through multiple antennas, the terminal device can multiply the frequency domain sequence [X(0),...,X(M-1)] by the precoding matrix, After multiplication, it is mapped to M subcarriers, and N-point IFFT is performed.
S24:终端设备对时域序列[x(0),……,x(N-1)]加循环前缀(cyclic prefix,CP)后进行数模转换,得到模拟信号。S24: The terminal device adds a cyclic prefix (CP) to the time domain sequence [x(0),...,x(N-1)] and then performs digital-to-analog conversion to obtain an analog signal.
S25:终端设备通过天线向基站发送该模拟信号。相应的,基站接收该模拟信号。S25: The terminal device sends the analog signal to the base station through the antenna. Correspondingly, the base station receives the analog signal.
至此,终端设备完成信号的发送。At this point, the terminal device has completed sending the signal.
当各个调制符号对应的波形在某个时域采样点的相位相同或者相近时,多个调制符号的叠加信号便会产生较大的瞬时峰值功率,并由此带来较高的PAPR。由于功率放大器的线性动态范围是有限的,所以高PAPR的信号容易进入功率放大器的非线性区,导致该信号经过功率放大器后产生非线性失真、带内信号畸变等问题。下面结合附图介绍本申请实施例。为了避免高PAPR的信号进入功率放大器的非线性区,终端设备可以采用功率退回技术,对信号的功率进行回退,使得该信号远离功率放大器的非线性区。但信号的PAPR越高,该信号需要回退的功率也就越大。而信号的回退的功率越大,该信号的覆盖范围越小,从而降低了该信号的覆盖范围。When the phases of the waveforms corresponding to each modulation symbol at a certain time domain sampling point are the same or similar, the superimposed signal of multiple modulation symbols will produce a larger instantaneous peak power, and thus a higher PAPR. Since the linear dynamic range of the power amplifier is limited, signals with high PAPR can easily enter the nonlinear region of the power amplifier, causing problems such as nonlinear distortion and in-band signal distortion after the signal passes through the power amplifier. The embodiments of the present application will be introduced below with reference to the accompanying drawings. In order to prevent high PAPR signals from entering the nonlinear region of the power amplifier, terminal equipment can use power backoff technology to roll back the power of the signal so that the signal is far away from the nonlinear region of the power amplifier. However, the higher the PAPR of the signal, the greater the power that the signal needs to back off. The greater the backoff power of the signal, the smaller the coverage of the signal, thereby reducing the coverage of the signal.
鉴于此,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法及装置,用以降低信号的PAPR,提高信号的覆盖范围。In view of this, embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and device to reduce the PAPR of a signal and improve the coverage of the signal.
图3是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图。如图3所示,该流程可以包括如下内容。Figure 3 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 3, this process may include the following content.
S301:终端设备根据调制符号和相位旋转因子,确定[k(m)]。S301: The terminal device determines [k(m)] based on the modulation symbol and phase rotation factor.
该调制符号(modulation symbols)记为[s(m)]、。其中,[s(m)]包括M个调制符号。或者,该调制符号记为s(m),也就是一个调制符号。为了便于理解,本申请实施例以调制符号记为[s(m)]为例进行描述。该[s(m)]又可以称为调制符号序列,调制符号流,调制符号串或者调制符号集合等,本申请实施例并不限定于此。[s(m)]由M个元素组成,M为正整数。m属于{0,……,M-1},也即是m∈{0,……,M-1}。该[0,……,M-1]中的“……”表示0与(M-1)之间的正整数,例如在M=5时,m∈{0,1,2,3,4}。相应的,[s(m)]的M个元素可分别为:s(0),……,s(M-1)。该[s(m)]是第一信息经过调制得到的M个调制符号,该M个调制符号与[s(m)]中的M个元素一一对应。例如,终端设备可以对第一信息进行调制,得到[s(m)],调制方式不限定于QPSK、BPSK、π/2-BPSK或OQPSK。其中的第一信息是终端设备待发送的信息,该第一信息例如可以是图片数据、 视频数据、文本或消息等,本申请实施例对第一信息的具体实现形式不作限定。The modulation symbols are denoted as [s(m)]. Where [s(m)] includes M modulation symbols. Alternatively, the modulation symbol is denoted as s(m), which is a modulation symbol. For ease of understanding, the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the modulation symbol denoted as [s(m)] as an example. [s(m)] may also be called a modulation symbol sequence, a modulation symbol stream, a modulation symbol string or a modulation symbol set, etc., and the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto. [s(m)] consists of M elements, M is a positive integer. m belongs to {0,...,M-1}, that is, m∈{0,...,M-1}. The "..." in [0,...,M-1] represents a positive integer between 0 and (M-1). For example, when M=5, m∈{0, 1, 2, 3, 4 }. Correspondingly, the M elements of [s(m)] can be respectively: s(0),..., s(M-1). The [s(m)] are M modulation symbols obtained by modulating the first information, and the M modulation symbols correspond to the M elements in [s(m)] one-to-one. For example, the terminal device can modulate the first information to obtain [s(m)], and the modulation method is not limited to QPSK, BPSK, π/2-BPSK or OQPSK. The first information is the information to be sent by the terminal device. The first information can be, for example, picture data, Video data, text or message, etc. The embodiments of this application do not limit the specific implementation form of the first information.
该相位旋转因子记为其中,包括M个相位旋转因子。或者,该相位旋转因子记为也就是一个相位旋转因子。为了便于理解,本申请实施例以相位旋转因子记为为例进行描述。该又可以称为相位旋转因子序列,或者相位旋转因子集合等,本申请实施例并不限定于此。该由M个元素组成。该的M个元素可分别为:中的元素可以为ejθm,即 The phase rotation factor is recorded as in, Includes M phase rotation factors. Alternatively, the phase rotation factor is written as That is a phase rotation factor. For ease of understanding, in the embodiment of the present application, the phase rotation factor is expressed as Describe as an example. Should It may also be called a phase rotation factor sequence, or a phase rotation factor set, etc., and the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto. Should It consists of M elements. Should The M elements of can be respectively: elements in It can be e jθm , that is
作为一个示例,θ的取值与M相关。作为另一个示例,在第一信息对应的频域序列需要循环扩展时,该θ的取值与M、E以及P相关。其中,E为正整数,是第一信息对应的频域序列在循环扩展时需要扩展的元素的数量。P为大于或等于0且小于或等于E的整数,是第一信息对应的频域序列在循环扩展时该频域序列的第一个元素之前需要扩展的元素的数量。P的取值可以是预定义的,例如是一个固定的正整数;或者,P的取值与E相关,例如P与E成正比例关系,如P=E/2,本申请实施例并不限定于此。As an example, the value of θ is related to M. As another example, when the frequency domain sequence corresponding to the first information needs to be cyclically expanded, the value of θ is related to M, E and P. Wherein, E is a positive integer, which is the number of elements that need to be expanded during cyclic expansion of the frequency domain sequence corresponding to the first information. P is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to E, and is the number of elements that need to be expanded before the first element of the frequency domain sequence when the frequency domain sequence corresponding to the first information is cyclically expanded. The value of P may be predefined, for example, a fixed positive integer; or, the value of P may be related to E, for example, P and E are directly proportional to each other, such as P=E/2, which is not limited to the embodiments of this application. Here it is.
θ的取值与M相关,可理解为θ是根据M确定的。例如,[s(m)]的调制方式为QPSK,该θ可以为π(±M/4-1)/M,或者θ的取值接近π(±M/4-1)/M。又例如,[s(m)]的调制方式为BPSK,该θ可以为π(±M/2-1)/M,或者θ的取值接近π(±M/2-1)/M。再例如,[s(m)]的调制方式为π/2-BPSK,该θ可以为-π/M,或者θ的取值接近-π/M。The value of θ is related to M, which can be understood as θ is determined based on M. For example, the modulation mode of [s(m)] is QPSK, and the θ can be π(±M/4-1)/M, or the value of θ can be close to π(±M/4-1)/M. For another example, the modulation mode of [s(m)] is BPSK, and the θ can be π(±M/2-1)/M, or the value of θ can be close to π(±M/2-1)/M. For another example, the modulation mode of [s(m)] is π/2-BPSK, and the θ can be -π/M, or the value of θ can be close to -π/M.
θ的取值与M、E以及P相关,可理解为θ是根据M、E以及P确定的。例如,[s(m)]的调制方式为QPSK,该θ可以为π(±M/4+E-2P-1)/M,或者θ的取值接近又例如,[s(m)]的调制方式为BPSK,该θ可以为π(±M/2+E-2P-1)/M,或者θ的取值接近π(±M/2+E-2P-1)/M。再例如,[s(m)]的调制方式为π/2-BPSK,该θ可以为π(E-2P-1)/M,或者θ的取值接近π(E-2P-1)/M。The value of θ is related to M, E and P. It can be understood that θ is determined based on M, E and P. For example, the modulation mode of [s(m)] is QPSK, and the θ can be π(±M/4+E-2P-1)/M, or the value of θ can be close to For another example, the modulation mode of [s(m)] is BPSK, and the θ can be π(±M/2+E-2P-1)/M, or the value of θ can be close to π(±M/2+E- 2P-1)/M. For another example, the modulation method of [s(m)] is π/2-BPSK, and the θ can be π(E-2P-1)/M, or the value of θ can be close to π(E-2P-1)/M .
本实施例中,第一信息对应的频域序列可以记为[X2(m)]。该[X2(m)]由M个元素组成,是对[k(m)]进行DFT得到的M个符号,该M个符号与[X2(m)]中的M个元素一一对应。该[X2(m)]的M个元素可分别为:X2(0),……,X2(M-1)。该[X2(m)]又可以称为频域信号,序列,符号流,符号串或者符号集合等,本申请实施例对[X2(m)]的名称并不限定于此。需要说明的是,DFT可以通过快速傅里叶变换(fast fourier transformation,FFT)实现,也就是说本申请实施例中DFT可以替换为FFT,相应的本申请实施例中FFT也可以替换为DFT。In this embodiment, the frequency domain sequence corresponding to the first information can be recorded as [X 2 (m)]. The [X 2 (m)] consists of M elements, which are M symbols obtained by performing DFT on [k (m)]. The M symbols correspond to the M elements in [X 2 (m)] one-to-one. . The M elements of [X 2 (m)] can be respectively: X 2 (0),..., X 2 (M-1). This [X 2 (m)] can also be called a frequency domain signal, sequence, symbol stream, symbol string or symbol set, etc. The name of [X 2 (m)] is not limited to this in the embodiment of the present application. It should be noted that DFT can be implemented through fast fourier transformation (FFT), which means that DFT can be replaced by FFT in the embodiment of the present application, and FFT can also be replaced by DFT in the corresponding embodiment of the present application.
对频域序列进行循环扩展又可以称为频域扩展(spectral extension)。本申请实施例中将对频域序列进行循环扩展简称为循环扩展。例如,对[X2(m)]循环扩展E个元素,其中[X2(m)]的第一个元素之前扩展P个元素,[X2(m)]的最后一个元素之后扩展(E-P)个元素,得到由Q个元素组成的[X1(q)]。该[X1(q)]可以称为频域信号,序列,符号流,符号串或者符号集合等,本申请实施例对[X1(q)]的名称并不限定于此。Cyclic expansion of frequency domain sequences can also be called frequency domain extension (spectral extension). In the embodiment of this application, cyclic expansion of frequency domain sequences is simply called cyclic expansion. For example, [X 2 (m)] is cyclically expanded by E elements, where P elements are expanded before the first element of [X 2 (m)], and (EP are expanded after the last element of [X 2 (m)] ) elements, get [X 1 (q)] composed of Q elements. This [X 1 (q)] can be called a frequency domain signal, a sequence, a symbol stream, a symbol string or a symbol set, etc. The name of [X 1 (q)] is not limited to this in the embodiment of the present application.
其中,Q为M与E之和,即Q=M+E。q属于{0,……,Q-1},也即是q∈{0,……,Q-1}。该[0,……,Q-1]中的“……”表示0与(Q-1)之间的正整数,例如在Q=7时,q∈{0,1,2,3,4,5,6}。相应的,该[X1(q)]的Q个元素可分别为:X1(0),……,X1(Q-1)。该[X1(q)]中的元素X1(q)为X2((q+M-P)mod M)。其中的X2((q+M-P)mod M)是[X2(m)]中的元素,A mod B表示A除以B的余数。在图4a中,以M=4,E=2,P=1为例,循环扩展前的频域序列,即[X2(m)],由X2(0),X2(1),X2(2),以及X2(3)组成;循环扩展后的频域序列,即[X1(q)],由X2(3),X2(0),X2(1),X2(2), X2(3),以及X2(0)组成。Among them, Q is the sum of M and E, that is, Q=M+E. q belongs to {0,...,Q-1}, that is, q∈{0,...,Q-1}. The "..." in [0,...,Q-1] represents a positive integer between 0 and (Q-1). For example, when Q=7, q∈{0, 1, 2, 3, 4 ,5,6}. Correspondingly, the Q elements of [X 1 (q)] can be respectively: X 1 (0),..., X 1 (Q-1). The element X 1 (q) in [X 1 (q)] is X 2 ((q+MP)mod M). Where X 2 ((q+MP)mod M) is the element in [X 2 (m)], and A mod B represents the remainder of A divided by B. In Figure 4a, taking M=4, E=2, P=1 as an example, the frequency domain sequence before cyclic expansion, that is, [X 2 (m)], is given by X 2 (0), X 2 (1), X 2 (2), and X 2 (3); the frequency domain sequence after cyclic expansion, namely [X 1 (q)], consists of X 2 (3), X 2 (0), X 2 (2), X 2 (3), and X 2 (0).
需要说明的是,θ的取值与M相关,该M可以理解为[s(m)]所包含的元素的数量,也可以理解为[X2(m)]映射到子载波时所映射的子载波的数量,但本申请实施例并不限定于此。类似的,E可以理解为[X2(m)]循环扩展时需要扩展的元素的数量,也可以理解为[X2(m)]循环扩展时所扩展的元素所映射的子载波的数量,但本申请实施例并不限定于此。It should be noted that the value of θ is related to M, which can be understood as the number of elements contained in [s(m)], or as the number of elements mapped by [X 2 (m)] when it is mapped to a subcarrier. The number of subcarriers, but the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this. Similarly, E can be understood as the number of elements that need to be expanded during [X 2 (m)] cyclic expansion, or as the number of subcarriers mapped by the expanded elements during [X 2 (m)] cyclic expansion. However, the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this.
作为一个示例,M和E之和,即Q,可以由终端设备被调度的频域带宽决定,例如由资源块(resource block,RB)数量决定。该E可以是预先定义的,例如是一个固定的正整数;或者,E的取值与M相关,例如E与M成正比例关系,如E=M/4,本申请实施例并不限定于此。As an example, the sum of M and E, that is, Q, may be determined by the frequency domain bandwidth to which the terminal device is scheduled, for example, by the number of resource blocks (RBs). The E may be predefined, for example, a fixed positive integer; or the value of E may be related to M, for example, E may be directly proportional to M, such as E=M/4. The embodiment of the present application is not limited to this. .
终端设备根据[s(m)]和确定[k(m)],这里的[k(m)]可以称为序列,符号流,符号串或者符号集合等,本申请实施例对[k(m)]的表述并不限定于此。该[k(m)]由M个元素组成。该[k(m)]的M个元素可分别为:k(0),……,k(M-1)。[k(m)]中的元素k(m)可以是[s(m)]中的元素s(m)与中的元素之间的乘积,也就是[k(m)]中的元素k(m)为在图4b中,以M=4为例,k(0)为k(1)为k(2)为k(3)为 The terminal equipment is based on [s(m)] and Determine [k(m)], where [k(m)] may be called a sequence, symbol stream, symbol string or symbol set, etc. The expression of [k(m)] in the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this. The [k(m)] consists of M elements. The M elements of [k(m)] can be respectively: k(0),...,k(M-1). The element k(m) in [k(m)] can be the element s(m) in [s(m)] with elements in The product between them, that is, the element k(m) in [k(m)] is In Figure 4b, taking M=4 as an example, k(0) is k(1) is k(2) is k(3) is
应理解的是,S301中终端设备根据[s(m)]和确定[k(m)],也可以表述为终端设备根据s(m)和确定k(m)。It should be understood that in S301, the terminal equipment is based on [s(m)] and Determining [k(m)] can also be expressed as the terminal device based on s(m) and Determine k(m).
在S301中,终端设备根据调制符号与相位旋转因子确定[k(m)],可以使得[k(m)]中的相邻两个元素对应的波形的相位差远离0度或180度,这样就可以减少后续叠加信号的瞬时峰值功率,从而可以减少第一信号的PAPR,提高第一信号的PAPR的覆盖范围。In S301, the terminal device determines [k(m)] based on the modulation symbol and phase rotation factor, which can make the phase difference of the waveform corresponding to two adjacent elements in [k(m)] far away from 0 degrees or 180 degrees, so that The instantaneous peak power of subsequent superimposed signals can be reduced, thereby reducing the PAPR of the first signal and improving the PAPR coverage of the first signal.
S302:终端设备根据[k(m)]生成第一信号。S302: The terminal device generates the first signal according to [k(m)].
示例性地,第一信号可以是物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)或物理上行控制信道(physical uplink control channel,PUCCH),或参考信号等,本申请实施例对第一信号的具体实现形式并不限定于此。其中的参考信号例如为探测参考信号(sounding reference signal,SRS),或解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)等,本申请实施例对此不作限定。For example, the first signal may be a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) or a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH), or a reference signal, etc. The embodiments of this application are specific to the first signal. The implementation form is not limited to this. The reference signal is, for example, a sounding reference signal (SRS), or a demodulation reference signal (demodulation reference signal, DMRS), etc., which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
在S302中,第一信号可以是[k(m)]经过如下方式生成的。In S302, the first signal may be [k(m)] generated in the following manner.
方式一:第一信号是[k(m)]经过DFT、循环扩展以及映射物理资源后生成的信号。其中,[k(m)]经过DFT处理得到[X2(m)];该[X2(m)]经过循环扩展得到[X1(q)];该[X1(q)]经过映射物理资源得到第一信号,如图5a所示。其中,[X2(m)]、[X1(q)]以及映射物理资源的具体描述请参考S301的相关内容,在此不再赘述。Method 1: The first signal is a signal generated by [k(m)] after DFT, cyclic expansion and mapping of physical resources. Among them, [k(m)] is processed by DFT to obtain [X 2 (m)]; this [X 2 (m)] is processed by cyclic expansion to obtain [X 1 (q)]; this [X 1 (q)] is mapped The physical resource gets the first signal, as shown in Figure 5a. Among them, please refer to the relevant content of S301 for specific descriptions of [X 2 (m)], [X 1 (q)] and mapped physical resources, which will not be described again here.
在此情况下,在S302中,终端设备可以根据[k(m)]获取[X1(q)],并将该[X1(q)]的Q个元素映射到Q个子载波上,生成第一信号。In this case, in S302, the terminal device can obtain [X 1 (q)] according to [k (m)], map the Q elements of [X 1 (q)] to Q subcarriers, and generate The first signal.
其中,终端设备根据[k(m)]获取[X1(q)],可以理解为终端设备对[k(m)]进行DFT处理得到[X2(m)],再对[X2(m)]进行循环扩展得到[X1(q)];或者,终端设备根据[k(m)]获取[X1(q)],也可以理解为终端设备对[k(m)]进行DFT处理,并在DFT处理的过程中进行循环扩展得到[X1(q)];或者,终端设备根据[k(m)]获取[X1(q)]也可以通过其它等效方式实现,本申请实施例对终端设备根据[k(m)]获取[X1(q)]的具体实现过程并不限定于此。Among them, the terminal device obtains [X 1 (q)] based on [k (m)], which can be understood as the terminal device performs DFT processing on [k (m)] to obtain [X 2 (m)], and then [X 2 ( m)] performs cyclic expansion to obtain [X 1 (q)]; or the terminal device obtains [X 1 (q)] based on [k(m)], which can also be understood as the terminal device performing DFT on [k(m)] processing, and perform cyclic expansion during DFT processing to obtain [X 1 (q)]; or, the terminal device obtains [X 1 (q)] based on [k(m)], which can also be achieved through other equivalent methods. The specific implementation process of the terminal device obtaining [X 1 (q)] based on [k(m)] in the application embodiment is not limited to this.
终端设备将[X1(q)]的Q个元素映射到Q个子载波上,生成第一信号的这一过程具体 可以包括:终端设备将[X1(q)]的Q个元素映射到Q个子载波上,并进行N点的IFFT,得到由N个元素组成的时域序列[x(0),……,x(N-1)];再对该时域序列[x(0),……,x(N-1)]加CP后进行数模转换,得到第一信号。这一过程的具体实现可以参考S23和S24的相关描述。应理解的是,这一过程的具体实现也可以通过其它等效方式实现,本申请实施例并不限定于此。例如终端设备可以将[X1(q)]与预编码矩阵相乘,相乘之后再映射到Q个子载波上。其中的Q个子载波可以是连续的Q个子载波,也可以是等间隔的Q个子载波,本申请实施例对此并不限定。The terminal equipment maps Q elements of [X 1 (q)] to Q subcarriers, and the process of generating the first signal is specific. It can include: the terminal device maps Q elements of [X 1 (q)] to Q subcarriers, and performs N-point IFFT to obtain a time domain sequence composed of N elements [x(0),..., x(N-1)]; then add CP to the time domain sequence [x(0),...,x(N-1)] and perform digital-to-analog conversion to obtain the first signal. For the specific implementation of this process, please refer to the relevant descriptions of S23 and S24. It should be understood that the specific implementation of this process can also be implemented in other equivalent ways, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto. For example, the terminal device can multiply [X 1 (q)] by the precoding matrix, and then map it to Q subcarriers after multiplication. The Q subcarriers may be continuous Q subcarriers or equally spaced Q subcarriers, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在上述方式一中,[k(m)]经过DFT、循环扩展以及映射物理资源,生成可传输的第一信号,从而可以实现第一信息的发送。另外,其中的循环扩展处理能够增加相邻调制符号对应波形之间的时间差,减小不同调制符号对应波形叠加之后的峰值,进一步减少第一信号的PAPR。In the above-mentioned method 1, [k(m)] generates a transmittable first signal through DFT, cyclic expansion and mapping of physical resources, thereby enabling the transmission of the first information. In addition, the cyclic extension processing can increase the time difference between waveforms corresponding to adjacent modulation symbols, reduce the peak value after superposition of waveforms corresponding to different modulation symbols, and further reduce the PAPR of the first signal.
方式二:第一信号是[k(m)]经过DFT、循环扩展、滤波以及映射物理资源后生成的信号。其中,[k(m)]经过DFT处理得到[X2(m)];该[X2(m)]经过循环扩展得到[X1(q)];该[X1(q)]经过滤波处理得到[X3(q)];该[X3(q)]经过映射物理资源得到第一信号,如图5b所示。Method 2: The first signal is a signal generated by [k(m)] after DFT, cyclic expansion, filtering and mapping of physical resources. Among them, [k(m)] is processed by DFT to obtain [X 2 (m)]; this [X 2 (m)] is processed by cyclic expansion to obtain [X 1 (q)]; this [X 1 (q)] is filtered After processing, [X 3 (q)] is obtained; the [X 3 (q)] is mapped to the physical resource to obtain the first signal, as shown in Figure 5b.
其中的[X3(q)]由Q个元素组成。该[X3(q)]的Q个元素可分别为:X3(0),……,X3(Q-1)。该[X3(q)]可以称为频域信号,序列,符号流,符号串或者符号集合等,本申请实施例对[X3(q)]的名称并不限定于此。该[X3(q)]中的元素X3(q)是[X1(q)]中的元素X1(q)与滤波器系数w1(q)的乘积,即,X3(q)为X1(q)×w1(q)。在图4c中,以Q=6为例,例如,X3(0)为X1(0)×w1(0),X3(1)为X1(1)×w1(1),X3(2)为X1(2)×w1(2),X3(3)为X1(3)×w1(3),X3(4)为X1(4)×w1(4),X3(5)为X1(5)×w1(5)。另外,[X2(m)]、[X1(q)]以及映射物理资源的具体描述请参考S301的相关内容,在此不再赘述。Where [X 3 (q)] consists of Q elements. The Q elements of [X 3 (q)] can be respectively: X 3 (0),..., X 3 (Q-1). This [X 3 (q)] can be called a frequency domain signal, a sequence, a symbol stream, a symbol string or a symbol set, etc. The embodiment of the present application is not limited to this name of [X 3 (q)]. The element X 3 (q) in [X 3 (q)] is the product of the element X 1 (q) in [X 1 (q)] and the filter coefficient w 1 (q), that is, X 3 (q ) is X 1 (q)×w 1 (q). In Figure 4c, taking Q=6 as an example, X 3 (0) is X 1 (0) × w 1 (0), X 3 (1) is X 1 (1) × w 1 (1), X 3 (2) is X 1 (2) × w 1 (2), X 3 (3) is X 1 (3) × w 1 (3), X 3 (4) is X 1 (4) × w 1 (4), X 3 (5) is X 1 (5)×w 1 (5). In addition, for detailed descriptions of [X 2 (m)], [X 1 (q)] and mapped physical resources, please refer to the relevant content of S301, which will not be described again here.
该w1(q)是[w1(q)]中的元素。[w1(q)]由Q个元素组成,该Q个元素与Q个滤波器系数一一对应。该[w1(q)]的Q个元素可分别为:w1(0),……,w1(Q-1)。该[w1(q)]可以是预先定义的,但本申请实施例并不限定于此。The w 1 (q) is an element in [w 1 (q)]. [w 1 (q)] consists of Q elements, which correspond to Q filter coefficients one-to-one. The Q elements of [w 1 (q)] can be respectively: w 1 (0),..., w 1 (Q-1). [w 1 (q)] may be predefined, but the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
可选地,该[w1(q)]中的Q个元素对称相等,即,w1(q)为w1(Q-1-q)。例如,Q=6,则w1(0)=w1(5),w1(1)=w1(4),w1(2)=w1(3)。相应的,该[X3(q)]是[X1(q)]经过对称的滤波处理得到Q个符号。通过对[X1(q)]进行对称的滤波处理,能够降低后续生成的第一信号的PAPR。Optionally, the Q elements in [w 1 (q)] are symmetrically equal, that is, w 1 (q) is w 1 (Q-1-q). For example, Q=6, then w 1 (0)=w 1 (5), w 1 (1)=w 1 (4), w 1 (2)=w 1 (3). Correspondingly, [X 3 (q)] is Q symbols obtained by [X 1 (q)] through symmetric filtering. By performing symmetric filtering on [X 1 (q)], the PAPR of the subsequently generated first signal can be reduced.
在此情况下,在S302中,终端设备可以根据[k(m)],获取[X1(q)],对获取到的[X1(q)]进行滤波,得到[X3(q)],并将该[X3(q)]的Q个元素映射到Q个子载波上,生成第一信号。In this case, in S302, the terminal device can obtain [X 1 (q)] based on [k(m)], filter the obtained [X 1 (q)], and obtain [X 3 (q) ], and map the Q elements of [X 3 (q)] to Q subcarriers to generate the first signal.
其中,终端设备根据[k(m)]获取[X1(q)]的具体实现过程可参考上述方式一的相关描述,在此不再赘述。终端设备对[X1(q)]进行滤波得到[X3(q)],可以理解为终端设备将[X1(q)]中的元素X1(q)与滤波器系数w1(q)相乘,得到由Q个元素组成的[X3(q)],当然终端设备也可以采用其它等效方式获取[X3(q)],本申请实施例并不限定于此。Among them, the specific implementation process of the terminal device obtaining [X 1 (q)] according to [k(m)] can refer to the relevant description of the above-mentioned method 1, which will not be described again here. The terminal device filters [X 1 (q)] to obtain [X 3 (q)], which can be understood as the terminal device combines the element X 1 (q) in [X 1 (q)] with the filter coefficient w 1 (q ) are multiplied to obtain [X 3 (q)] composed of Q elements. Of course, the terminal device can also obtain [X 3 (q)] in other equivalent ways, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
终端设备将[X3(q)]的Q个元素映射到Q个子载波上,生成第一信号的这一过程具体可以包括:终端设备将[X3(q)]的Q个元素映射到Q个子载波上,并进行N点的IFFT,得到由N个元素组成的时域序列[x(0),……,x(N-1)];再对该时域序列[x(0),……,x(N-1)]加CP后进行数模转换,得到第一信号;具体可以参考S23和S24的具体实现过程。应理 解的是,终端设备将[X3(q)]的Q个元素映射到Q个子载波上,生成第一信号的具体实现也可以通过其它等效方式实现,本申请实施例并不限定于此。其中的Q个子载波可以是连续的Q个子载波,也可以是等间隔的Q个子载波,本申请实施例对此并不限定。The terminal device maps Q elements of [X 3 (q)] to Q subcarriers. The process of generating the first signal may specifically include: the terminal device maps Q elements of [X 3 (q)] to Q on the subcarriers, and perform N-point IFFT to obtain a time domain sequence [x(0),...,x(N-1)] composed of N elements; then the time domain sequence [x(0), ..., x(N-1)] is added to CP and then digital-to-analog conversion is performed to obtain the first signal; for details, please refer to the specific implementation processes of S23 and S24. It should be reasonable The solution is that the terminal equipment maps Q elements of [X 3 (q)] to Q subcarriers, and the specific implementation of generating the first signal can also be implemented through other equivalent methods, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto. . The Q subcarriers may be continuous Q subcarriers or equally spaced Q subcarriers, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在上述方式二中,[k(m)]经过DFT、循环扩展、滤波以及映射物理资源后,可以生成可传输的第一信号,从而可以实现第一信息的发送。另外,其中的循环扩展能够增加相邻调制符号对应波形之间的时间差,减小不同调制符号对应波形叠加之后的峰值,滤波处理可以降低调制符号对应波形的旁瓣,也可以减小不同调制符号对应波形叠加之后的峰值,从而能够减少第一信号的PAPR。In the above-mentioned method 2, after [k(m)] undergoes DFT, cyclic expansion, filtering and mapping of physical resources, a transmissible first signal can be generated, thereby enabling the transmission of the first information. In addition, the cyclic expansion can increase the time difference between the waveforms corresponding to adjacent modulation symbols and reduce the peak value after the superposition of waveforms corresponding to different modulation symbols. The filtering process can reduce the side lobes of the waveforms corresponding to the modulation symbols, and can also reduce the peak value of the waveforms corresponding to different modulation symbols. Corresponding to the peak value after superposition of the waveforms, the PAPR of the first signal can be reduced.
方式三:第一信号是[k(m)]经过DFT以及映射物理资源后生成的信号。其中,[k(m)]经过DFT处理得到[X2(m)];该[X2(m)]经过映射物理资源得到第一信号,如图5c所示。[X2(m)]以及映射物理资源的具体描述请参考S301的相关内容,在此不再赘述。Method 3: The first signal is the signal generated by [k(m)] after DFT and mapping of physical resources. Among them, [k(m)] is processed by DFT to obtain [X 2 (m)]; the [X 2 (m)] is mapped to the physical resource to obtain the first signal, as shown in Figure 5c. [X 2 (m)] and the specific description of the mapped physical resources, please refer to the relevant content of S301, which will not be repeated here.
在此情况下,在S302中,终端设备可以对[k(m)]进行DFT处理,得到[X2(m)],并将[X2(m)]映射到M个子载波上,生成第一信号。In this case, in S302, the terminal device can perform DFT processing on [k(m)] to obtain [X 2 (m)], and map [X 2 (m)] to the M subcarriers to generate the A signal.
其中,终端设备将[X2(m)]的M个元素映射到M个子载波上,生成第一信号的这一过程具体可以包括:终端设备将[X2(m)]的M个元素映射到M个子载波上,并进行N点的IFFT,得到由N个元素组成的时域序列[x(0),……,x(N-1)];再对该时域序列[x(0),……,x(N-1)]加CP后进行数模转换,得到第一信号;具体可以参考S23和S24的具体实现过程。应理解的是,终端设备将[X2(m)]的M个元素映射到M个子载波上,生成第一信号的具体实现也可以通过其它等效方式实现,本申请实施例并不限定于此。其中的M个子载波可以是连续的M个子载波,也可以是等间隔的M个子载波,本申请实施例对此并不限定。Among them, the terminal device maps M elements of [X 2 (m)] to M subcarriers. The process of generating the first signal may specifically include: the terminal device maps M elements of [X 2 (m)]. to M subcarriers, and perform N-point IFFT to obtain a time domain sequence [x(0),...,x(N-1)] composed of N elements; then the time domain sequence [x(0) ),...,x(N-1)] after adding CP, digital-to-analog conversion is performed to obtain the first signal; for details, please refer to the specific implementation processes of S23 and S24. It should be understood that the terminal equipment maps M elements of [X 2 (m)] to M subcarriers, and the specific implementation of generating the first signal can also be implemented in other equivalent ways. The embodiments of the present application are not limited to this. The M subcarriers may be M continuous subcarriers or equally spaced M subcarriers, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在上述方式三中,[k(m)]经过DFT以及映射物理资源后,可以生成可传输的第一信号,从而可以实现第一信息的发送。另外,由[k(m)]生成第一信号的过程中无需循环扩展处理和滤波处理,能够简化第一信号的生成流程。In the above-mentioned method 3, after [k(m)] undergoes DFT and mapping of physical resources, a transmissible first signal can be generated, thereby enabling the transmission of the first information. In addition, the process of generating the first signal from [k(m)] does not require cyclic expansion processing and filtering processing, which can simplify the generation process of the first signal.
方式四:第一信号是[k(m)]经过DFT、滤波以及映射物理资源后生成的信号。其中,[k(m)]经过DFT处理得到[X2(m)];该[X2(m)]经过滤波处理得到[X4(m)];该[X4(m)]经过映射物理资源得到第一信号,如图5d所示。Method 4: The first signal is a signal generated by [k(m)] after DFT, filtering and mapping of physical resources. Among them, [k(m)] is processed by DFT to obtain [X 2 (m)]; the [X 2 (m)] is processed by filtering to obtain [X 4 (m)]; the [X 4 (m)] is mapped The physical resource gets the first signal, as shown in Figure 5d.
其中的[X4(m)]由M个元素组成。[X4(m)]的M个元素可分别为:X4(0),……,X4(M-1)。该[X4(m)]可以称为频域信号,序列,符号流,符号串或者符号集合,本申请实施例对[X4(m)]的名称并不限定于此。该[X4(m)]中的元素X4(m)是[X2(m)]中的元素X2(m)与滤波器系数w2(m)之间的乘积,即,[X4(m)]中的元素X4(m)为X2(m)×w2(m)。以M=4为例,X4(0)为X2(0)×w2(0),X4(1)为X2(1)×w2(1),X4(2)为X2(2)×w2(2),X4(3)为X2(3)×w2(3)。另外,[X2(m)]以及映射物理资源的具体描述请参考S301的相关内容,在此不再赘述。Where [X 4 (m)] consists of M elements. The M elements of [X 4 (m)] can be respectively: X 4 (0),..., X 4 (M-1). This [X 4 (m)] can be called a frequency domain signal, a sequence, a symbol stream, a symbol string or a symbol set. The name of [X 4 (m)] in the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this. The element X 4 (m) in [X 4 (m)] is the product of the element X 2 (m) in [X 2 (m)] and the filter coefficient w 2 (m), that is, [X The element X 4 (m) in 4 (m)] is X 2 (m)×w 2 (m). Taking M=4 as an example, X 4 (0) is X 2 (0) × w 2 (0), X 4 (1) is X 2 (1) × w 2 (1), and X 4 (2) is X 2 (2)×w 2 (2), X 4 (3) is X 2 (3)×w 2 (3). In addition, please refer to the relevant content of S301 for the specific description of [X 2 (m)] and mapped physical resources, which will not be described again here.
该w2(m)是[w2(m)]中的元素。[w2(m)]由M个元素组成,该M个元素与M个滤波器系数一一对应。该[w2(m)]的M个元素可分别为:w2(0),……,w2(M-1)。该[w2(m)]可以是预先定义的,但本申请实施例并不限定于此。The w 2 (m) is an element in [w 2 (m)]. [w 2 (m)] consists of M elements, which correspond to M filter coefficients one-to-one. The M elements of [w 2 (m)] can be respectively: w 2 (0),..., w 2 (M-1). [w 2 (m)] may be predefined, but the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
可选地,该[w2(m)]中的M个元素对称相等,即,w2(m)为w2(M-1-m)。例如,M=4,则w2(0)=w2(3),w2(1)=w2(2)。相应的,该[X4(m)]是[X2(m)]经过对称的滤波 处理得到M个符号。通过对[X2(m)]进行对称的滤波处理,能够降低后续生成的第一信号的PAPR。Optionally, the M elements in [w 2 (m)] are symmetrically equal, that is, w 2 (m) is w 2 (M-1-m). For example, M=4, then w 2 (0)=w 2 (3), w 2 (1)=w 2 (2). Correspondingly, the [X 4 (m)] is the symmetrically filtered version of [X 2 (m)] Processing results in M symbols. By performing symmetric filtering on [X 2 (m)], the PAPR of the subsequently generated first signal can be reduced.
在此情况下,在S302中,终端设备可以对[k(m)]进行DFT处理,得到[X2(m)],对[X2(m)]进行滤波,得到[X4(m)],并将[X4(m)]中的M个元素映射到M个子载波上,生成第一信号。In this case, in S302, the terminal device can perform DFT processing on [k(m)] to obtain [X 2 (m)], and filter [X 2 (m)] to obtain [X 4 (m) ], and map M elements in [X 4 (m)] to M subcarriers to generate the first signal.
其中,终端设备对[X2(m)]进行滤波得到[X4(m)],可以理解为终端设备将[X2(m)]中的元素X2(m)与滤波器系数w2(m)相乘,从而得到由M个元素组成的[X4(m)],当然终端设备也可以采用其它等效方式获取[X4(m)],本申请实施例并不限定于此。Among them, the terminal device filters [X 2 (m)] to obtain [X 4 (m)], which can be understood as the terminal device combines the element X 2 (m) in [X 2 (m)] with the filter coefficient w 2 (m) are multiplied together to obtain [X 4 (m)] composed of M elements. Of course, the terminal device can also obtain [X 4 (m)] in other equivalent ways. The embodiment of the present application is not limited to this. .
终端设备将[X4(m)]的M个元素映射到M个子载波上,生成第一信号的这一过程具体可以包括:终端设备将[X4(m)]的M个元素映射到M个子载波上,并进行N点的IFFT,得到由N个元素组成的时域序列[x(0),……,x(N-1)];再对该时域序列[x(0),……,x(N-1)]加CP后进行数模转换,得到第一信号;具体可以参考S23和S24的具体实现过程。应理解的是,终端设备将[X4(m)]的M个元素映射到M个子载波上,生成第一信号的具体实现也可以通过其它等效方式实现,本申请实施例并不限定于此。其中的M个子载波可以是连续的M个子载波,也可以是等间隔的M个子载波,本申请实施例对此并不限定。The terminal device maps M elements of [X 4 (m)] to M subcarriers. The process of generating the first signal may specifically include: the terminal device maps M elements of [X 4 (m)] to M on the subcarriers, and perform N-point IFFT to obtain a time domain sequence [x(0),...,x(N-1)] composed of N elements; then the time domain sequence [x(0), ..., x(N-1)] is added to CP and then digital-to-analog conversion is performed to obtain the first signal; for details, please refer to the specific implementation processes of S23 and S24. It should be understood that the terminal equipment maps M elements of [X 4 (m)] to M subcarriers, and the specific implementation of generating the first signal can also be implemented in other equivalent ways. The embodiments of the present application are not limited to this. The M subcarriers may be M continuous subcarriers or equally spaced M subcarriers, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在上述方式四中,[k(m)]经过DFT,滤波以及映射物理资源后,可以生成可传输的第一信号,从而可以实现第一信息的发送。另外,其中的滤波处理能够进一步减少第一信号的PAPR。In the above-mentioned method 4, after [k(m)] undergoes DFT, filtering and mapping of physical resources, a transmissible first signal can be generated, thereby enabling the transmission of the first information. In addition, the filtering process therein can further reduce the PAPR of the first signal.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例涉及的滤波可以是通过上述频域滤波的方式实现,也可以是通过其他等效的方式实现,例如在时域进行滤波,本申请实施例不限定于此。It should be noted that the filtering involved in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented by the above frequency domain filtering method, or may be implemented by other equivalent methods, such as filtering in the time domain, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例涉及的子载波映射,可以映射到连续的子载波上,也可以映射到等间隔连续的子载波上。例如,按照频率资源从小到大排序的子载波编号为0,1,2,…,N,则可以映射到编号连续的子载波上,例如0,1,2,…,或者编号为等差序列的子载波上,例如0,2,4,…。It should be noted that the subcarrier mapping involved in the embodiments of this application can be mapped to continuous subcarriers or to equally spaced consecutive subcarriers. For example, if the subcarriers are numbered 0, 1, 2,..., N in ascending order of frequency resources, they can be mapped to subcarriers with consecutive numbers, such as 0, 1, 2,..., or numbered in an arithmetic sequence. on subcarriers, such as 0, 2, 4,….
在S302中,终端设备根据[k(m)]生成第一信号,接下来终端设备可以执行S303所示的内容。In S302, the terminal device generates a first signal according to [k(m)], and then the terminal device can execute the content shown in S303.
S303:终端设备向基站发送第一信号。相应的,基站接收第一信号。S303: The terminal device sends the first signal to the base station. Correspondingly, the base station receives the first signal.
例如,终端设备通过天线向基站发送该第一信号。相应的,基站通过天线接收该第一信号。For example, the terminal device sends the first signal to the base station through an antenna. Correspondingly, the base station receives the first signal through the antenna.
S304:基站从第一信号中获取[s(m)]。S304: The base station obtains [s(m)] from the first signal.
在S304中,基站可以从第一信号中获取[k(m)],再根据[k(m)]获取[s(m)]。进一步,基站可以根据[s(m)]获取第一信息。例如,基站对[s(m)]进行解调制和译码,得到第一信号。或者,在另一种可能的实现方式中,基站也可以根据从第一信号中获取[k(m)],再根据[k(m)]获取第一信息,无需根据[k(m)]获取[s(m)]。例如,基站可以对根据[k(m)]进行解调和译码,得到该第一信息。应理解的是,本申请实施例对基站从第一信号中获取第一信息的具体实现方式并不限定于此。In S304, the base station can obtain [k(m)] from the first signal, and then obtain [s(m)] based on [k(m)]. Further, the base station can obtain the first information according to [s(m)]. For example, the base station demodulates and decodes [s(m)] to obtain the first signal. Or, in another possible implementation, the base station can also obtain [k(m)] from the first signal, and then obtain the first information based on [k(m)], without the need to obtain [k(m)] Get [s(m)]. For example, the base station can demodulate and decode according to [k(m)] to obtain the first information. It should be understood that the embodiment of the present application is not limited to the specific implementation manner in which the base station obtains the first information from the first signal.
其中基站从第一信号中获取[k(m)]可以理解为终端设备根据[k(m)]生成第一信号的逆过程(或称为反过程)。The base station obtaining [k(m)] from the first signal can be understood as the reverse process (or called the reverse process) of the terminal device generating the first signal based on [k(m)].
作为一个示例,[k(m)]是第一信号经过解映射物理资源、均衡、去循环扩展以及离散傅里叶逆变换(inverse discrete Fouriertransform,IDFT)后得到的M个符号,如图6a所示。 其中,第一信号经过解映射物理资源处理和均衡处理,得到[X1(q)];[X1(q)]经过去循环扩展处理,得到[X2(m)];该[X2(m)]经过IDFT处理,得到[k(m)]。进一步,该[k(m)]经过去相位旋转处理,可以得到[s(m)]。其中,[X1(q)]、[X2(m)]以及[k(m)]的具体描述请参考S301的相关内容,在此不再赘述。As an example, [k(m)] is the M symbols obtained by demapping physical resources, equalization, decyclic expansion and inverse discrete Fourier transform (IDFT) of the first signal, as shown in Figure 6a Show. Among them, the first signal undergoes demapping physical resource processing and equalization processing to obtain [X 1 (q)]; [X 1 (q)] undergoes decyclic expansion processing to obtain [X 2 (m)]; the [X 2 (m)] is processed by IDFT to obtain [k(m)]. Furthermore, [k(m)] is dephased and rotated to obtain [s(m)]. Among them, for the specific description of [X 1 (q)], [X 2 (m)] and [k (m)], please refer to the relevant content of S301 and will not be repeated here.
其中,解映射物理资源,是指映射物理资源的逆过程,可以理解为从开始接收可传输的模拟信号到获得待接收的信息对应的频域序列的这一过程。这一过程具体可以包括模拟信号经过数模转换后再去CP得到时域序列,该时域序列经过FFT得到待接收的信息对应的频域序列。应理解的是,解映射物理资源还可以通过其它等效方式实现,本申请实施例对解映射物理资源的具体实现过程并不限定于此。另外,在本实施例中,待接收的信息为第一信息。待接收的信息对应的频域序列为[X2(m)]。Among them, demapping physical resources refers to the reverse process of mapping physical resources, which can be understood as the process from starting to receive a transmissible analog signal to obtaining the frequency domain sequence corresponding to the information to be received. This process may specifically include digital-to-analog conversion of the analog signal and then CP to obtain a time domain sequence. The time domain sequence is subjected to FFT to obtain a frequency domain sequence corresponding to the information to be received. It should be understood that demapping physical resources can also be implemented in other equivalent ways, and the specific implementation process of demapping physical resources in the embodiments of the present application is not limited thereto. In addition, in this embodiment, the information to be received is the first information. The frequency domain sequence corresponding to the information to be received is [X 2 (m)].
均衡,可用于补偿信号传输,或者信号传输和滤波等处理带来的影响,例如在多天线接收时,该均衡可以为多天线接收均衡。由于信道的影响,信号在传输过程会产生失真,可以通过均衡补偿信号传输过程中带来的失真。应理解的是,本申请实施例对均衡的具体实现过程不作限定。例如上述第一信号经过解映射物理资源处理和均衡处理得到[X1(q)],可以理解为第一信号经过解映射物理资源处理和均衡处理,并在均衡过程中进行滤波的反操作,得到[X1(q)];或者,第一信号还可以经过其它等效的实现方式得到[X1(q)],本申请实施例并不限定于此。Equalization can be used to compensate for signal transmission, or the effects of signal transmission and filtering. For example, when receiving multiple antennas, this equalization can equalize multiple antenna reception. Due to the influence of the channel, the signal will be distorted during the transmission process, and the distortion caused during the signal transmission process can be compensated through equalization. It should be understood that the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific implementation process of equalization. For example, the above-mentioned first signal undergoes demapping physical resource processing and equalization processing to obtain [X 1 (q)]. It can be understood that the first signal undergoes demapping physical resource processing and equalization processing, and the inverse operation of filtering is performed during the equalization process. [X 1 (q)] is obtained; alternatively, the first signal can also be obtained through other equivalent implementation methods, and [X 1 (q)] is obtained. The embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
去循环扩展,是指循环扩展的逆过程,可以理解为根据扩展后的频域序列得到扩展前的频域序列,即待接收的信息对应的频域序列。例如将扩展的元素与原始的元素加权平均。需要说明的是,该去循环扩展的也可以通过均衡实现,本申请实施例不做限定。Decyclic expansion refers to the reverse process of cyclic expansion, which can be understood as obtaining the frequency domain sequence before expansion based on the expanded frequency domain sequence, that is, the frequency domain sequence corresponding to the information to be received. For example, a weighted average of the expanded elements and the original elements. It should be noted that the decyclic expansion can also be achieved through equalization, which is not limited in the embodiments of this application.
去相位旋转,是指终端设备根据[s(m)]和确定[k(m)]的逆过程。该去相位旋转,可以理解为基站根据[k(m)]和确定[s(m)]。例如,[k(m)]中的元素s(m)可以为其中,的具体描述请参考S301的相关内容,在此不再赘述。De-phase rotation refers to the terminal equipment according to [s(m)] and Determine the inverse process of [k(m)]. This dephase rotation can be understood as the base station according to [k(m)] and Determine [s(m)]. For example, the element s(m) in [k(m)] can be in, For detailed description, please refer to the relevant content of S301 and will not be repeated here.
在此情况下,在S304中,基站可以根据第一信号获取[X1(q)],根据[X1(q)]获取[k(m)],再根据[k(m)]获取[s(m)]。In this case, in S304, the base station can obtain [X 1 (q)] based on the first signal, obtain [k(m)] based on [X 1 (q)], and then obtain [[k(m)] based on [k(m)] s(m)].
其中,基站根据第一信号获取[X1(q)]这一过程具体可以包括:基站对第一信号进行数模转换后再去CP处理,得到由N个元素组成的时域序列[x(0),……,x(N-1)];对时域序列[x(0),……,x(N-1)]进行N点的FFT得到N个符号;根据第一信号的频域位置取出其中的Q个符号,再经过均衡得到由Q个元素组成的[X1(q)]。应理解的是,基站根据第一信号获取[X1(q)]也可以采用其它等效方式实现,本申请实施例对基站根据第一信号获取[X1(q)]的具体实现过程并不限定于此。Among them, the process of the base station obtaining [X 1 (q)] based on the first signal may specifically include: the base station performs digital-to-analog conversion on the first signal and then performs CP processing to obtain a time domain sequence [x ( 0),...,x(N-1)]; perform N-point FFT on the time domain sequence [x(0),...,x(N-1)] to obtain N symbols; according to the frequency of the first signal The Q symbols are taken out from the domain position, and then [X 1 (q)] composed of Q elements is obtained through equalization. It should be understood that the base station can also adopt other equivalent methods to obtain [X 1 (q)] based on the first signal. The embodiment of this application does not describe the specific implementation process of the base station obtaining [X 1 (q)] based on the first signal. It is not limited to this.
基站根据[X1(q)]获取[k(m)],可以理解为基站对[X1(q)]进行去循环扩展处理得到[X2(m)],再对[X2(m)]进行IDFT处理得到[k(m)];或者,基站根据[X1(q)]获取[k(m)],还可以理解为基站对[X1(q)]进行IDFT处理,并在IDFT处理过程中进行去循环扩展得到[k(m)];或者,基站根据[X1(q)]获取[k(m)]也可以采用其它等效方式实现,本申请实施例对基站根据[X1(q)]获取[k(m)]的具体实现过程并不限定于此。The base station obtains [k(m)] based on [X 1 (q)], which can be understood as the base station performs decyclic expansion processing on [X 1 (q)] to obtain [X 2 (m)], and then [X 2 (m) )] to perform IDFT processing to obtain [k(m)]; or, the base station obtains [k(m)] based on [X 1 (q)], which can also be understood as the base station performs IDFT processing on [X 1 (q)], and During the IDFT process, decyclic expansion is performed to obtain [k(m)]; or, the base station obtains [k(m)] according to [X 1 (q)], which can also be implemented in other equivalent ways. The specific implementation process of obtaining [k(m)] based on [X 1 (q)] is not limited to this.
基站根据[k(m)]获取[s(m)],可以理解为基站根据[k(m)]和获取[s(m)]。例如,该[s(m)]中的元素s(m)可以满足 The base station obtains [s(m)] based on [k(m)], which can be understood as the base station obtains [s(m)] based on [k(m)] and Get [s(m)]. For example, the element s(m) in [s(m)] can satisfy
作为另一个示例,[k(m)]是第一信号经过解映射物理资源、均衡以及IDFT后得到的 M个符号,如图6b所示。其中,第一信号经过解映射物理资源处理和均衡处理,得到[X2(m)];[X2(m)]经过IDFT处理,得到[k(m)]。进一步,该[k(m)]经过去相位旋转处理,可以得到[s(m)]。其中,[X2(m)]以及[k(m)]的具体描述请参考S301的相关内容,在此不再赘述。以及,解映射物理资源、均衡以及去相位旋转的具体描述请参考前述描述,在此不再赘述。As another example, [k(m)] is the first signal obtained after demapping physical resources, equalization and IDFT M symbols, as shown in Figure 6b. Among them, the first signal undergoes demapping physical resource processing and equalization processing to obtain [X 2 (m)]; [X 2 (m)] undergoes IDFT processing to obtain [k(m)]. Furthermore, [k(m)] is dephased and rotated to obtain [s(m)]. Among them, for the specific description of [X 2 (m)] and [k (m)], please refer to the relevant content of S301 and will not be repeated here. Also, for detailed descriptions of demapping physical resources, equalization, and de-phase rotation, please refer to the foregoing description, which will not be described again here.
其中的第一信号经过解映射物理资源处理和均衡处理得到[X2(m)],可以理解为第一信号经过解映射物理资源处理和均衡处理,并在均衡过程中进行滤波的反操作,得到[X2(m)];或者,第一信号还可以经过其它等效的实现方式得到[X2(m)],本申请实施例并不限定于此。The first signal undergoes demapping physical resource processing and equalization processing to obtain [X 2 (m)]. It can be understood that the first signal undergoes demapping physical resource processing and equalization processing, and the inverse operation of filtering is performed during the equalization process. [X 2 (m)] is obtained; alternatively, the first signal can also be obtained through other equivalent implementation methods, and [X 2 (m)] is obtained. The embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
在此情况下,在S304中,基站可以根据第一信号获取[X2(m)],根据该[X2(m)]获取[k(m)],以及根据[k(m)]获取[s(m)]。In this case, in S304, the base station may obtain [X 2 (m)] according to the first signal, obtain [k(m)] according to the [X 2 (m)], and obtain [s(m)].
其中,基站根据第一信号获取[X2(m)]这一过程具体可以包括:基站对第一信号进行数模转换后再去CP处理,得到由N个元素组成的时域序列[x(0),……,x(N-1)];对时域序列[x(0),……,x(N-1)]进行N点的FFT得到N个符号,并根据第一信号的频域位置取出其中M个符号,再经过均衡得到由M个元素组成的[X2(m)]。应理解的是,基站根据第一信号获取[X2(m)]也可以通过其它等效方式实现,本申请实施例对基站根据第一信号获取[X2(m)]的具体实现过程并不限定于此。Among them, the process of the base station obtaining [X 2 (m)] based on the first signal may specifically include: the base station performs digital-to-analog conversion on the first signal and then performs CP processing to obtain a time domain sequence [x ( 0),...,x(N-1)]; perform N-point FFT on the time domain sequence [x(0),...,x(N-1)] to obtain N symbols, and according to the first signal M symbols are taken out from the frequency domain position, and then [X 2 (m)] composed of M elements is obtained through equalization. It should be understood that the base station can also obtain [X 2 (m)] based on the first signal through other equivalent methods. The embodiment of this application does not describe the specific implementation process of the base station obtaining [X 2 (m)] based on the first signal. It is not limited to this.
另外,基站根据[X2(m)]获取[k(m)],以及基站根据[k(m)]获取[s(m)]的具体实现过程可参考前述相关描述,在此不再赘述。In addition, for the specific implementation process of the base station obtaining [k(m)] based on [X 2 (m)] and the base station obtaining [s(m)] based on [k(m)], please refer to the aforementioned relevant descriptions and will not be repeated here. .
在上述实施例中,终端设备根据调制符号与相位旋转因子确定[k(m)],可以使得[k(m)]中的相邻两个元素对应的波形的相位差远离0度或180度,这样就可以减少后续叠加信号的瞬时峰值功率,从而可以减少第一信号的PAPR,提高第一信号的PAPR的覆盖范围。In the above embodiment, the terminal device determines [k(m)] based on the modulation symbol and the phase rotation factor, which can make the phase difference of the waveform corresponding to two adjacent elements in [k(m)] far away from 0 degrees or 180 degrees. , in this way, the instantaneous peak power of the subsequent superimposed signal can be reduced, thereby reducing the PAPR of the first signal and improving the coverage of the PAPR of the first signal.
图7是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的流程示意图。如图7所示,该流程可以包括如下内容。Figure 7 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 7, this process may include the following content.
S701:终端设备根据调制符号,确定[X5(q)]。S701: The terminal device determines [X 5 (q)] based on the modulation symbol.
调制符号记为[s(m)]。其中,[s(m)]包括M个调制符号。或者,该调制符号记为s(m),,也就是一个调制符号。为了便于理解,本申请实施例以调制符号记为[s(m)]为例进行描述。该[s(m)]是第一信息经过调制得到的M个符号,该M个符号与[s(m)]中的M个元素一一对应。例如,终端设备可以对第一信息进行调制,得到[s(m)],调制方式不限定于QPSK、BPSK、π/2-BPSK或OQPSK。其中,[s(m)]以及第一信息的描述请参考S301的相关内容,在此不再赘述。The modulation symbol is denoted as [s(m)]. Where [s(m)] includes M modulation symbols. Alternatively, the modulation symbol is denoted as s(m), which is a modulation symbol. For ease of understanding, the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the modulation symbol denoted as [s(m)] as an example. The [s(m)] are M symbols obtained by modulating the first information, and the M symbols correspond to the M elements in [s(m)] one-to-one. For example, the terminal device can modulate the first information to obtain [s(m)], and the modulation method is not limited to QPSK, BPSK, π/2-BPSK or OQPSK. For descriptions of [s(m)] and the first information, please refer to the relevant content of S301, which will not be described again here.
终端设备根据[s(m)]确定[X5(q)]。该[X5(q)]是[s(m)]经过DFT以及循环扩展得到的Q个符号。其中,[s(m)]经过DFT处理可以得到[X6(m)];[X6(m)]经过循环扩展可以得到[X5(q)]。该[X5(q)]可以称为频域信号,序列,符号流,符号串或者符号集合等,本申请实施例对[X5(q)]的名称并不限定于此。该[X5(q)]由Q个元素组成。该[X5(q)]的Q个元素可分别为:X5(0),……,X5(Q-1)。Q为M与E之和,即Q=M+E。E为正整数,是第一信息对应的频域序列循环扩展时所扩展的元素的数量。The terminal device determines [X 5 (q)] based on [s(m)]. This [X 5 (q)] is Q symbols obtained by [s(m)] through DFT and cyclic expansion. Among them, [s(m)] can be obtained by DFT processing [X 6 (m)]; [X 6 (m)] can be obtained by cyclic expansion [X 5 (q)]. This [X 5 (q)] can be called a frequency domain signal, a sequence, a symbol stream, a symbol string or a symbol set, etc. The embodiment of the present application is not limited to this name of [X 5 (q)]. The [X 5 (q)] consists of Q elements. The Q elements of [X 5 (q)] can be respectively: X 5 (0),..., X 5 (Q-1). Q is the sum of M and E, that is, Q=M+E. E is a positive integer, which is the number of elements expanded when the frequency domain sequence corresponding to the first information is cyclically expanded.
在本实施例中,第一信息对应的频域序列可以记为[X6(m)]。该[X6(m)]由M个元素 组成,是对[s(m)]进行DFT得到的M个符号,该M个符号与[X6(m)]中的M个元素一一对应。该[X6(m)]的M个元素可分别为:X6(0),……,X6(M-1)。该[X6(m)]又可以称为频域信号,序列,符号流,符号串或者符号集合等,本申请实施例对[X6(m)]的名称并不限定于此。In this embodiment, the frequency domain sequence corresponding to the first information can be recorded as [X 6 (m)]. The [X 6 (m)] consists of M elements The composition is the M symbols obtained by performing DFT on [s(m)]. The M symbols correspond to the M elements in [X 6 (m)] one-to-one. The M elements of [X 6 (m)] can be respectively: X 6 (0),..., X 6 (M-1). This [X 6 (m)] can also be called a frequency domain signal, sequence, symbol stream, symbol string or symbol set, etc. The name of [X 6 (m)] is not limited to this in the embodiment of the present application.
作为一个示例,该[X5(q)]中的元素X5(q),可以为X6((q+M-P)mod M),即,X5(q)=X6((q+M-P)mod M)。其中的X6((q+M-P)mod M)是[X6(m)]中的元素。A mod B表示A除以B的余数。P为大于或等于0且小于或等于E的整数。As an example, the element X 5 (q) in [X 5 (q)] can be X 6 ((q+MP)mod M), that is, X 5 (q)=X 6 ((q+MP) )mod M). Where X 6 ((q+MP)mod M) is an element in [X 6 (m)]. A mod B means the remainder after dividing A by B. P is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to E.
在本实施例中,P是[X6(m)]在循环扩展时该[X6(m)]的第一个元素之前需要扩展的元素的数量。P与(E-P)不相等,即,[X6(m)]在循环扩展时该[X6(m)]的第一个元素之前需要扩展的元素的数量,该[X6(m)]的最后一个元素之后需要扩展的元素的数量不相等。应理解的是,[X6(m)]的第一个元素为X6(0),[X6(m)]的最后一个元素为X6(M-1)。In this embodiment, P is the number of elements that need to be expanded before the first element of [X 6 ( m)] during loop expansion. P is not equal to (EP), that is, the number of elements that need to be expanded before the first element of [X 6 (m)] when [X 6 (m)] is expanded in a loop, this [X 6 (m)] The number of elements that need to be extended after the last element of is not equal. It should be understood that the first element of [X 6 (m)] is X 6 (0) and the last element of [X 6 (m)] is X 6 (M-1).
在图8中,以M=4,E=3,P=1为例,循环扩展前的频域序列,即[X6(m)],由X6(0),X6(1),X6(2),以及X6(3)组成;循环扩展后的频域序列,即[X5(q)],由X5(0),X5(1),X5(2),X5(3),X5(4),X5(5),以及X5(6)为组成,其中X5(0)为X6(3),X5(1)为X6(0),X5(2)为X6(1),X5(3)为X6(2),X5(4)为X6(3),X5(5)为X6(0),以及X5(6)为X6(1)。In Figure 8, taking M=4, E=3, P=1 as an example, the frequency domain sequence before cyclic expansion, that is, [X 6 (m)], is given by X 6 (0), X 6 (1), X 6 (2), and X 6 (3); the frequency domain sequence after cyclic expansion, that is, [X 5 (q)], consists of X 5 (0), X 5 (1), X 5 (3), X 5 ( 4), X 5 (5), and X 5 (6) are composed, where X 5 (0) is X 6 (3), ), X 5 (2) is X 6 (1), X 5 (3) is X 6 (2), X 5 (4) is X 6 (3), X 5 (5) is X 6 (0), and X 5 (6) is X 6 (1).
作为一个示例,P的取值与M相关,可理解为P是根据M确定的。例如,P是根据M以及E确定的。示例性地,[s(m)]的调制方式为QPSK,该P可以为根据(±M/4+E-1)/2确定的整数。例如,该P可以为(±M/4+E-1)/2的整数取值,或者接近(±M/4+E-1)/2的整数取值。可选地,P可以为(±M/4+E-1)/2的整数取值,或者该P的取值接近(±M/4+E-1)/2的整数取值。As an example, the value of P is related to M, which can be understood as P is determined based on M. For example, P is determined based on M and E. For example, the modulation mode of [s(m)] is QPSK, and P can be an integer determined based on (±M/4+E-1)/2. For example, the P may be an integer value of (±M/4+E-1)/2, or an integer value close to (±M/4+E-1)/2. Alternatively, P may be an integer value of (±M/4+E-1)/2, or the value of P may be close to an integer value of (±M/4+E-1)/2.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例所涉及的整数取值可以是经过四舍五入取整运算得到的整数取值,即,该P是等于或接近(±M/4+E-1)/2的四舍五入取整运算结果的整数,但本申请实施例并不限定于此,例如该P还可以是接近或等于(±M/4+E-1)/2的向上取整运算或向下取整运算的整数。It should be noted that the integer value involved in the embodiment of the present application may be an integer value obtained by rounding operation, that is, the P is a rounded value equal to or close to (±M/4+E-1)/2 The integer of the rounding operation result, but the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this. For example, P can also be an upward rounding operation or a downward rounding operation that is close to or equal to (±M/4+E-1)/2. integer.
需要说明的是,P的取值与M相关,这里的M可以理解为[s(m)]所包含的元素的数量,也可以理解为[X6(m)]映射到子载波时所映射的子载波的数量,但本申请实施例并不限定于此。类似的,E可以理解为[X6(m)]循环扩展时需要扩展的元素的数量,也可以理解为[X6(m)]循环扩展时所扩展的元素所映射的子载波的数量,但本申请实施例并不限定于此。It should be noted that the value of P is related to M, where M can be understood as the number of elements contained in [s(m)], or as the mapping of [X 6 (m)] to subcarriers. the number of subcarriers, but the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this. Similarly, E can be understood as the number of elements that need to be expanded during [X 6 (m)] cyclic expansion, or as the number of subcarriers mapped by the expanded elements during [X 6 (m)] cyclic expansion. However, the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this.
作为一个示例,M和E之和,即Q,可以由终端设备被调度的频域带宽决定,例如由RB数量决定。该E可以是预先定义的,例如是一个固定的正整数;或者,该E的取值与M相关,例如E与M成正比例关系,如E=M/4,本申请实施例并不限定于此。As an example, the sum of M and E, that is, Q, may be determined by the frequency domain bandwidth to which the terminal device is scheduled, for example, by the number of RBs. The E may be predefined, for example, a fixed positive integer; or the value of the E may be related to M, for example, E may be directly proportional to M, such as E=M/4. The embodiment of the present application is not limited to this.
在S701中,终端设备根据[s(m)]确定[X5(q)],可以理解为终端设备对[s(m)]进行DFT处理得到[X6(m)],再对[X6(m)]进行循环扩展,得到[X5(q)];或者,终端设备根据[s(m)]确定[X5(q)],也可以理解为终端设备对s(m)]进行DFT处理,并在DFT处理过程中进行循环扩展得到该[X5(q)];或者,终端设备根据[s(m)]确定[X5(q)]也可以采用其它等效方式实现,本申请实施例对终端设备根据[s(m)]确定[X5(q)]的具体实现过程并不限定于此。In S701, the terminal device determines [X 5 (q)] based on [s(m)], which can be understood as the terminal device performs DFT processing on [s(m)] to obtain [X 6 (m)], and then performs [X 6 (m)] performs cyclic expansion to obtain [X 5 (q)]; or, the terminal device determines [X 5 (q)] based on [s(m)], which can also be understood as the terminal device pair s(m)] Perform DFT processing, and perform cyclic expansion during the DFT processing process to obtain [X 5 (q)]; alternatively, the terminal device determines [X 5 (q)] based on [s(m)], which can also be implemented in other equivalent ways. , the embodiment of the present application is not limited to the specific implementation process of the terminal device determining [X 5 (q)] based on [s(m)].
应理解的是,S701中终端设备根据[s(m)]确定[X5(q)],也可以表述为终端设备根据s(m)确定X5(q)。 It should be understood that in S701, the terminal device determines [X 5 (q)] based on [s(m)], which can also be expressed as the terminal device determines X 5 (q) based on s(m).
S702:终端设备根据[X5(q)]生成第一信号。S702: The terminal device generates the first signal according to [X 5 (q)].
示例性地,第一信号可以是PUSCH,或PUCCH,或参考信号等,本申请实施例对第一信号的具体实现形式并不限定于此。For example, the first signal may be PUSCH, or PUCCH, or a reference signal, etc. The embodiment of the present application is not limited to this specific implementation form of the first signal.
在本实施例中,该第一信号可以是[X5(q)]经过映射物理资源后生成的信号;或者,该第一信号可以是[X5(q)]经过滤波以及映射物理资源后生成的信号;应理解的是,本申请实施例对生成第一信号的具体实现过程并不限定于此。其中的映射物理资源和滤波的描述请参考S302的相关描述,在此不在赘述。In this embodiment, the first signal may be [X 5 (q)] generated after mapping physical resources; or, the first signal may be [X 5 (q)] after filtering and mapping physical resources. The generated signal; it should be understood that the embodiment of the present application is not limited to the specific implementation process of generating the first signal. For descriptions of mapping physical resources and filtering, please refer to the relevant description of S302 and will not be repeated here.
作为一个示例,第一信号是[X5(q)]经过映射物理资源后生成的信号。在此情况下,在S702中,终端设备可以将[X5(q)]中的Q个元素映射到Q个子载波上,生成第一信号。例如,终端设备可以将[X5(q)]中的Q个元素映射到Q个子载波上,并进行N点的IFFT,得到由N个元素组成的时域序列[x(0),……,x(N-1)];再对该时域序列[x(0),……,x(N-1)]加CP后进行数模转换,得到第一信号。应理解的是,终端设备将[X5(q)]中的Q个元素映射到Q个子载波上生成第一信号也可以采用其它等效方式实现,本申请实施例并不限定于此。其中的Q个子载波可以是连续的Q个子载波,也可以是等间隔的Q个子载波,本申请实施例对此并不限定。As an example, the first signal is a signal generated by [X 5 (q)] after mapping physical resources. In this case, in S702, the terminal device may map Q elements in [X 5 (q)] to Q subcarriers to generate the first signal. For example, the terminal device can map Q elements in [X 5 (q)] to Q subcarriers and perform N-point IFFT to obtain a time domain sequence composed of N elements [x(0),... , x(N-1)]; then add CP to the time domain sequence [x(0),...,x(N-1)] and perform digital-to-analog conversion to obtain the first signal. It should be understood that the terminal device can also use other equivalent methods to map Q elements in [X 5 (q)] onto Q subcarriers to generate the first signal, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto. The Q subcarriers may be continuous Q subcarriers or equally spaced Q subcarriers, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
作为另一个示例,第一信号是[X5(q)]经过滤波以及映射物理资源后生成的信号。其中[X5(q)]经过滤波得到[X7(q)];[X7(q)]经过映射物理资源后的第一信号。在此情况下,在S702中,终端设备可以对[X5(q)]进行滤波,得到[X7(q)],再将[X7(q)]的Q个元素映射到Q个子载波上,生成第一信号。As another example, the first signal is a signal generated after [X 5 (q)] is filtered and mapped to physical resources. [X 5 (q)] is filtered to obtain [X 7 (q)]; [X 7 (q)] is the first signal after mapping physical resources. In this case, in S702, the terminal device can filter [X 5 (q)] to obtain [X 7 (q)], and then map Q elements of [X 7 (q)] to Q subcarriers on, generating the first signal.
其中的[X7(q)]由Q个元素组成。该[X7(q)]对Q个元素可分别为:X7(0),……,X7(Q-1)。该[X7(q)]可以称为频域信号,序列,符号流,符号串或者符号集合,本申请实施例对[X7(q)]的名称并不限定于此。该[X7(q)]中的元素X7(q)是[X5(q)]中的元素X5(q)与滤波器系数w3(q)之间的乘积,即,[X7(q)]中的元素X7(q)为X5(q)×w3(q)。以Q=4为例,X7(0)为X5(0)×w3(0),X7(1)为X5(1)×w3(1),X7(2)为X5(2)×w3(2),X7(3)为X5(3)×w3(3)。另外,[X2(m)]以及映射物理资源的具体描述请参考S301的相关内容,在此不再赘述。Where [X 7 (q)] consists of Q elements. The [X 7 (q)] can be respectively: X 7 (0),..., X 7 (Q-1) for Q elements. This [X 7 (q)] can be called a frequency domain signal, a sequence, a symbol stream, a symbol string or a symbol set. The name of [X 7 (q)] in the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this. The element X 7 (q) in [X 7 (q)] is the product of the element X 5 (q) in [X 5 (q)] and the filter coefficient w 3 (q), that is, [X 7 (q)] element X 7 (q) is X 5 (q)×w 3 (q). Taking Q=4 as an example, X 7 (0) is X 5 (0) × w 3 (0), X 7 (1) is X 5 (1) × w 3 (1), and X 7 (2) is X 5 (2) × w 3 (2), X 7 (3) is X 5 (3) × w 3 (3). In addition, please refer to the relevant content of S301 for the specific description of [X 2 (m)] and mapped physical resources, which will not be described again here.
该w3(q)是[w3(q)]中的元素。[w3(q)]由Q个元素组成,该Q个元素与Q个滤波器系数一一对应。该[w3(q)]的Q个元素可分别为:w3(0),……,w3(Q-1)。该[w3(q)]可以是预先定义的,但本申请实施例并不限定于此。The w 3 (q) is an element in [w 3 (q)]. [w 3 (q)] consists of Q elements, which correspond to Q filter coefficients one-to-one. The Q elements of [w 3 (q)] can be respectively: w 3 (0),..., w 3 (Q-1). [w 3 (q)] may be predefined, but the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
可选地,[w3(q)]中的Q个元素对称相等,即,w3(q)为w3(Q-1-q)。例如,Q=6,则w3(0)=w3(5),w3(1)=w3(4),w3(2)=w3(3)。相应的,该[X7(q)]是[X5(q)]经过对称的滤波处理得到Q个符号。通过对[X5(q)]进行对称的滤波处理,能够降低后续生成的第一信号的PAPR。Optionally, the Q elements in [w 3 (q)] are symmetrically equal, that is, w 3 (q) is w 3 (Q-1-q). For example, Q=6, then w 3 (0)=w 3 (5), w 3 (1)=w 3 (4), w 3 (2)=w 3 (3). Correspondingly, [X 7 (q)] is [X 5 (q)] and obtains Q symbols through symmetric filtering. By performing symmetric filtering on [X 5 (q)], the PAPR of the subsequently generated first signal can be reduced.
终端设备对[X5(q)]进行滤波,可以理解为终端设备将[X5(q)]中的元素X5(q)与滤波器系数w3(q)相乘,得到由Q个元素组成的[X7(q)]。应理解的是,终端设备对[X5(q)]进行滤波可以是通过上述频域滤波的方式实现,也可以是通过其他等效的方式实现,例如在时域进行滤波,本申请实施例不限定于此。The terminal device filters [X 5 (q)]. It can be understood that the terminal device multiplies the element X 5 (q) in [X 5 (q)] by the filter coefficient w 3 (q) to obtain Q elements. Elements composed of [X 7 (q)]. It should be understood that the terminal device can filter [X 5 (q)] through the above frequency domain filtering method, or through other equivalent methods, such as filtering in the time domain. In the embodiment of the present application It is not limited to this.
终端设备将[X7(q)]的Q个元素映射到Q个子载波上,生成第一信号的这一过程具体可以包括:终端设备将[X7(q)]的Q个元素映射到Q个子载波上,并进行N点的IFFT,得到由N个元素组成的时域序列[x(0),……,x(N-1)];再对该时域序列[x(0),……,x(N-1)] 加CP后进行数模转换,得到第一信号。应理解的是,终端设备将[X7(q)]的Q个元素映射到Q个子载波上生成第一信号也可以采用其它等效方式实现,本申请实施例并不限定于此。其中的Q个子载波可以是连续的Q个子载波,也可以是等间隔的Q个子载波,本申请实施例对此并不限定。The terminal device maps Q elements of [X 7 (q)] to Q subcarriers. The process of generating the first signal may specifically include: the terminal device maps Q elements of [X 7 (q)] to Q on the subcarriers, and perform N-point IFFT to obtain a time domain sequence [x(0),...,x(N-1)] composed of N elements; then the time domain sequence [x(0), ...,x(N-1)] After adding CP, digital-to-analog conversion is performed to obtain the first signal. It should be understood that the terminal device can also use other equivalent methods to map Q elements of [X 7 (q)] onto Q subcarriers to generate the first signal, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto. The Q subcarriers may be continuous Q subcarriers or equally spaced Q subcarriers, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
S703:终端设备向基站发送第一信号。相应的,基站接收第一信号。S703: The terminal device sends the first signal to the base station. Correspondingly, the base station receives the first signal.
例如,终端设备通过天线向基站发送该第一信号。相应的,基站可以通过天线接收该第一信号。For example, the terminal device sends the first signal to the base station through an antenna. Correspondingly, the base station can receive the first signal through the antenna.
S704:基站从第一信号中获取[s(m)]。S704: The base station obtains [s(m)] from the first signal.
在S704中,基站可以从第一信号中获取[X5(q)],再根据[X5(q)]获取[s(m)]。进一步,基站可以根据[s(m)]获取第一信息。例如,基站对[s(m)]进行解调制和译码,得到第一信号。或者,在另一种可能的实现方式中,基站也可以根据从第一信号中获取[X5(q)],再根据[X5(q)]获取第一信息,无需根据[X5(q)]获取[s(m)]。例如,基站可以对根据[X5(q)]进行解调和译码,得到该第一信息。应理解的是,本申请实施例对基站从第一信号中获取第一信息的具体实现方式并不限定于此。In S704, the base station can obtain [X 5 (q)] from the first signal, and then obtain [s(m)] based on [X 5 (q)]. Further, the base station can obtain the first information according to [s(m)]. For example, the base station demodulates and decodes [s(m)] to obtain the first signal. Or, in another possible implementation, the base station can also obtain [X 5 (q)] from the first signal, and then obtain the first information based on [X 5 (q)], without the need to obtain the first information based on [X 5 (q)]. q)] gets [s(m)]. For example, the base station can demodulate and decode according to [X 5 (q)] to obtain the first information. It should be understood that the embodiment of the present application is not limited to the specific implementation manner in which the base station obtains the first information from the first signal.
其中基站从第一信号中获取[X5(q)]可以理解为终端设备根据[X5(q)]生成第一信号的逆过程。在本实施例中,[X5(q)]可以是第一信号经过解映射物理资源和均衡处理后得到的Q个符号。应理解的是,本申请实施例对基站获取[s(m)]的具体实现过程并不限定于此。其中的解映射物理资源和均衡的描述请参考S304的相关描述。The base station obtaining [X 5 (q)] from the first signal can be understood as the reverse process of the terminal device generating the first signal according to [X 5 (q)]. In this embodiment, [X 5 (q)] may be Q symbols obtained by demapping physical resources and equalizing the first signal. It should be understood that the specific implementation process of obtaining [s(m)] by the base station in the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this. For the description of demapping physical resources and balancing, please refer to the relevant description of S304.
作为一个示例,[X5(q)]是第一信号经过解映射物理资源以及均衡后得到的Q个符号。在此情况下,[s(m)]可以是第一信号经过解映射物理资源、均衡、去循环扩展以及IDFT得到的M个符号。其中第一信号经过解映射物理资源以及均衡得到[X5(q)];该[X5(q)]经过去循环扩展得到[X6(m)];该[X6(m)]经过IDFT处理得到[s(m)]。其中的去循环扩展可以参考S304的相关内容,在此不再赘述。As an example, [X 5 (q)] is Q symbols obtained by demapping physical resources and equalizing the first signal. In this case, [s(m)] may be M symbols obtained by demapping physical resources, equalization, decyclic spreading and IDFT of the first signal. The first signal is de-mapping physical resources and equalizing to obtain [X 5 (q)]; the [X 5 (q)] is decyclically expanded to obtain [X 6 (m)]; the [X 6 (m)] is obtained IDFT processing results in [s(m)]. For the de-loop expansion, please refer to the relevant content of S304, which will not be described again here.
其中,第一信号经过解映射物理资源处理和均衡处理得到[X5(q)],也可以理解为第一信号经过解映射物理资源处理和均衡处理,并在均衡过程中进行滤波的反操作,得到[X5(q)];或者,第一信号还可以采用其它等效方式得到[X5(q)],本申请实施例并不限定于此。Among them, the first signal undergoes demapping physical resource processing and equalization processing to obtain [X 5 (q)]. It can also be understood that the first signal undergoes demapping physical resource processing and equalization processing, and the inverse operation of filtering is performed during the equalization process. , to obtain [X 5 (q)]; or, the first signal can also be obtained in other equivalent ways to obtain [X 5 (q)], and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
相应的,在S704中,基站可以根据第一信号获取[X5(q)],以及根据[X5(q)]获取[s(m)]。Correspondingly, in S704, the base station can obtain [X 5 (q)] according to the first signal, and obtain [s(m)] according to [X 5 (q)].
其中,基站根据第一信号获取[X5(q)]这一过程具体可以包括:基站对第一信号进行数模转换后再去CP处理,得到由N个元素组成的时域序列[x(0),……,x(N-1)];对时域序列[x(0),……,x(N-1)]进行N点的FFT得到N个符号,并根据第一信号的频域位置取出其中Q个符号,再经过均衡得到由Q个元素组成的[X5(q)]。应理解的是,基站根据第一信号获取[X5(q)]也可以采用其它等效方式实现,本申请实施例对基站根据第一信号获取[X5(q)]的具体实现过程并不限定于此。Among them, the process of the base station obtaining [X 5 (q)] based on the first signal may specifically include: the base station performs digital-to-analog conversion on the first signal and then performs CP processing to obtain a time domain sequence [x ( 0),...,x(N-1)]; perform N-point FFT on the time domain sequence [x(0),...,x(N-1)] to obtain N symbols, and according to the first signal Q symbols are taken out from the frequency domain position, and then [X 5 (q)] composed of Q elements is obtained through equalization. It should be understood that the base station can also adopt other equivalent methods to obtain [X 5 (q)] based on the first signal. The embodiment of this application does not describe the specific implementation process of the base station obtaining [X 5 (q)] based on the first signal. It is not limited to this.
基站根据[X5(q)]获取[s(m)],可以理解为基站对[X5(q)]进行去循环扩展处理得到[X6(m)],再对[X6(m)]进行IDFT处理得到[s(m)];或者,基站根据[X5(q)]获取[s(m)],还可以理解为基站对[X5(q)]进行IDFT处理,并在IDFT处理过程中进行去循环扩展得到[s(m)];或者,基站根据[X5(q)]获取[s(m)]还可以采用其它等效方式实现,本申请实施例对基站根据[X5(q)]获取[s(m)]的具体实现过程并不限定于此。 The base station obtains [s(m)] based on [X 5 (q)], which can be understood as the base station performs decyclic expansion processing on [X 5 (q)] to obtain [X 6 (m)], and then [X 6 (m) )] to perform IDFT processing to obtain [s(m)]; or, the base station obtains [s(m)] based on [X 5 (q)], which can also be understood as the base station performs IDFT processing on [X 5 (q)], and During the IDFT process, decyclic expansion is performed to obtain [s(m)]; or, the base station can obtain [s(m)] based on [X 5 (q)] and other equivalent methods can also be used. The specific implementation process of obtaining [s(m)] based on [X 5 (q)] is not limited to this.
在上述实施例中,终端设备对第一信息的频域序列进行非对称的循环扩展,即[X6(m)]的第一个元素之前需要扩展的元素的数量与该[X6(m)]的最后一个元素之后需要扩展的元素的数量不相等,能够减小相邻两个元素对应的调制符号所对应波形在叠加之后的峰值,从而能够减少由[X5(q)]生成的第一信号的PAPR,以及提高第一信号的覆盖范围。In the above embodiment, the terminal device performs asymmetric cyclic expansion on the frequency domain sequence of the first information, that is, the number of elements that need to be expanded before the first element of [X 6 (m)] is equal to the number of elements that need to be expanded before the first element of [X 6 (m)]. )] The number of elements that need to be expanded after the last element is not equal, which can reduce the peak value of the waveform corresponding to the modulation symbol corresponding to the two adjacent elements after superposition, thereby reducing the waveform generated by [X 5 (q)] PAPR of the first signal, and improve the coverage of the first signal.
图9是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的流程示意图。如图9所示,该流程可以包括如下内容。Figure 9 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 9, this process may include the following content.
S901:终端设备根据调制符号,确定[X8(m)]。S901: The terminal device determines [X 8 (m)] based on the modulation symbol.
该调制符号记为[s(m)]。其中,[s(m)]包括M个调制符号。或者,该调制符号记为s(m),也就是一个调制符号。为了便于理解,本申请实施例以调制符号记为[s(m)]为例进行描述。该[s(m)]是第一信息经过调制得到的M个符号,该M个符号与[s(m)]中的M个元素一一对应。例如,终端设备可以对第一信息进行调制,得到[s(m)],调制方式不限定于QPSK、BPSK、π/2-BPSK或OQPSK。其中,[s(m)]以及第一信息的描述请参考S301的相关内容,在此不再赘述。The modulation symbol is denoted as [s(m)]. Where [s(m)] includes M modulation symbols. Alternatively, the modulation symbol is denoted as s(m), which is a modulation symbol. For ease of understanding, the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the modulation symbol denoted as [s(m)] as an example. The [s(m)] are M symbols obtained by modulating the first information, and the M symbols correspond to the M elements in [s(m)] one-to-one. For example, the terminal device can modulate the first information to obtain [s(m)], and the modulation method is not limited to QPSK, BPSK, π/2-BPSK or OQPSK. For descriptions of [s(m)] and the first information, please refer to the relevant content of S301, which will not be described again here.
终端设备根据[s(m)]确定[X8(m)]。该[X8(m)]是[s(m)]经过DFT以及循环移位得到的M个符号。其中,[s(m)]经过DFT处理可以得到[X6(m)];[X6(m)]经过循环移位可以得到[X8(m)]。该[X8(m)]的M个元素可分别为:X8(0),……,X8(M-1)。该[X8(m)]可以称为频域信号,序列,符号流,符号串或者符号集合等,本申请实施例对[X8(m)]的名称并不限定于此。[X6(m)]的描述请参考S701的相关内容,在此不再赘述。The terminal device determines [X 8 (m)] based on [s(m)]. This [X 8 (m)] is M symbols obtained by [s(m)] through DFT and cyclic shift. Among them, [s(m)] can be obtained by DFT processing [X 6 (m)]; [X 6 (m)] can be obtained by cyclic shift [X 8 (m)]. The M elements of [X 8 (m)] can be respectively: X 8 (0),..., X 8 (M-1). This [X 8 (m)] can be called a frequency domain signal, a sequence, a symbol stream, a symbol string or a symbol set, etc. The embodiment of the present application is not limited to this name of [X 8 (m)]. For the description of [X 6 (m)], please refer to the relevant content of S701 and will not be repeated here.
其中的循环移位是指对[X6(m)]中的M个符号进行循环移位,即循环移动该M个符号在[X6(m)]中的位置。例如,[X8(m)]中的元素X8(m)可以为X6((m+M-P)mod M)。该X6((m+M-P)mod M)是[X6(m)]中的元素。A mod B表示A除以B的余数。在本实施例中,P为正整数。该P可以理解为[X6(m)]中的M个符号在循环移位时所移动的位置的数量。The circular shift refers to circularly shifting the M symbols in [X 6 (m)], that is, circularly moving the positions of the M symbols in [X 6 (m)]. For example, element X 8 (m) in [X 8 (m)] can be X 6 ((m+MP)mod M). The X 6 ((m+MP) mod M) is an element in [X 6 (m)]. A mod B means the remainder after dividing A by B. In this embodiment, P is a positive integer. This P can be understood as the number of positions moved by the M symbols in [X 6 (m)] during cyclic shift.
在图10中,以M=8,P=2为例,循环移位前的频域序列,即[X6(m)]由X6(0),X6(1),X6(2),X6(3),X6(4),X6(5),X6(6),以及X6(7)组成;循环移位后的频域序列,即[X8(m)],由X6(6),X6(7),X6(0),X6(1),X6(2),X6(3),X6(4),以及X6(5)组成。In Figure 10, taking M=8, P=2 as an example, the frequency domain sequence before cyclic shift, that is, [X 6 (m)] is composed of X 6 (0), X 6 (1), X 6 (2 ), X 6 (3), X 6 ( 4), X 6 (5), X 6 ( 6), and ], consisting of X 6 (6), X 6 (7), X 6 ( 0), X 6 (1), X 6 (2), X 6 ( 3), )composition.
作为一个示例,P的取值与M有关,可理解为P是根据M确定的。例如,[s(m)]的调制方式为QPSK,P可以为根据(±M/4-1)/2确定的整数。例如,该P可以为(±M/4-1)/2的整数取值,或者接近(±M/4-1)/2的整数取值。可选地,P可以为(±M/4-1)/2的整数取值,或者P的取值接近(±M/4-1)/2的整数取值。As an example, the value of P is related to M, which can be understood as P is determined based on M. For example, the modulation mode of [s(m)] is QPSK, and P can be an integer determined based on (±M/4-1)/2. For example, the P may be an integer value of (±M/4-1)/2, or an integer value close to (±M/4-1)/2. Alternatively, P may be an integer value of (±M/4-1)/2, or the value of P may be close to an integer value of (±M/4-1)/2.
需要说明的是,P的取值与M有关,该M可以理解为[s(m)]所包含的元素的数量,也可以理解为[X6(m)]映射到子载波时所映射的子载波的数量,但本申请实施例并不限定于此。It should be noted that the value of P is related to M, which can be understood as the number of elements contained in [s(m)], or as the number of elements mapped when [X 6 (m)] is mapped to a subcarrier. The number of subcarriers, but the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this.
在S901中,终端设备根据[s(m)]确定[X8(m)],可以理解为终端设备对[s(m)]进行DFT处理得到[X6(m)],再对[X6(m)]进行循环移位,得到[X8(m)];或者,终端设备根据[s(m)]确定[X8(m)],也可以理解为终端设备对s(m)]进行DFT处理,并在DFT处理过程中进行循环移位得到该[X8(m)];本申请实施例对终端设备根据[s(m)]确定[X8(m)]的具 体实现过程并不限定于此。In S901, the terminal device determines [X 8 (m)] based on [s(m)], which can be understood as the terminal device performs DFT processing on [s(m)] to obtain [X 6 (m)], and then performs [X 6 (m)] performs a cyclic shift to obtain [X 8 (m)]; alternatively, the terminal device determines [X 8 (m)] based on [s(m)], which can also be understood as the terminal device's pair of s(m) ] performs DFT processing, and performs cyclic shifting during the DFT processing to obtain [ The entity implementation process is not limited to this.
应理解的是,S901中终端设备根据[s(m)]确定[X8(m)],也可以表述为终端设备根据s(m)确定X8(m)。It should be understood that in S901, the terminal device determines [X 8 (m)] based on [s(m)], which can also be expressed as the terminal device determines X 8 (m) based on s(m).
S902:终端设备根据[X8(m)]生成第一信号。S902: The terminal device generates the first signal according to [X 8 (m)].
示例性地,该第一信号可以是PUSCH,或PUCCH,或参考信号等,本申请实施例对第一信号的具体实现形式并不限定于此。For example, the first signal may be PUSCH, or PUCCH, or a reference signal, etc. The embodiment of the present application is not limited to this specific implementation form of the first signal.
在本实施例中,该第一信号可以是[X8(m)]经过映射物理资源后生成的信号;或者,该第一信号可以是[X8(m)]经过滤波以及映射物理资源后生成的信号;或者,第一信号还可以是[X8(m)]经过其它方式生成的信号,本申请实施例对生成第一信号的具体实现过程并不限定于此。其中的映射物理资源和滤波的描述请参考S302的相关描述,在此不在赘述。In this embodiment, the first signal may be [X 8 (m)], which is generated after mapping physical resources; or, the first signal may be [X 8 (m)], which is filtered and mapped to physical resources. The generated signal; alternatively, the first signal can also be a signal generated by [X 8 (m)] through other methods. The specific implementation process of generating the first signal in the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this. For descriptions of mapping physical resources and filtering, please refer to the relevant description of S302 and will not be repeated here.
作为一个示例,第一信号是[X8(m)]经过映射物理资源后生成的信号。在此情况下,在S902中,终端设备可以将[X8(m)]中的M个元素映射到M个子载波上,生成第一信号。例如,终端设备可以将[X8(m)]中的M个元素映射到M个子载波上,并进行N点的IFFT,得到由N个元素组成的时域序列[x(0),……,x(N-1)];再对该时域序列[x(0),……,x(N-1)]加CP后进行数模转换,得到第一信号。应理解的是,终端设备可以将[X8(m)]中的M个元素映射到M个子载波上生成第一信号也可以采用其它方式实现,本申请实施例并不限定于此。其中的M个子载波可以是连续的M个子载波,也可以是等间隔的M个子载波,本申请实施例对此并不限定。As an example, the first signal is a signal generated by [X 8 (m)] after mapping physical resources. In this case, in S902, the terminal device may map M elements in [X 8 (m)] to M subcarriers to generate the first signal. For example, the terminal device can map M elements in [X 8 (m)] to M subcarriers and perform N-point IFFT to obtain a time domain sequence composed of N elements [x(0),... , x(N-1)]; then add CP to the time domain sequence [x(0),...,x(N-1)] and perform digital-to-analog conversion to obtain the first signal. It should be understood that the terminal device can map M elements in [X 8 (m)] to M subcarriers to generate the first signal, and it can also be implemented in other ways, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto. The M subcarriers may be M continuous subcarriers or equally spaced M subcarriers, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
作为另一个示例,第一信号是[X8(m)]经过滤波以及映射物理资源后生成的信号。其中[X8(m)]经过滤波得到[X9(m)];[X9(m)]经过映射物理资源后的第一信号。在此情况下,在S902中,终端设备可以对[X8(m)]进行滤波,得到[X9(m)],再将[X9(m)]的M个元素映射到M个子载波上,生成第一信号。As another example, the first signal is a signal generated after [X 8 (m)] is filtered and mapped to physical resources. Among them, [X 8 (m)] is filtered to obtain [X 9 (m)]; [X 9 (m)] is the first signal after mapping physical resources. In this case, in S902, the terminal device can filter [X 8 (m)] to obtain [X 9 (m)], and then map the M elements of [X 9 (m)] to M subcarriers on, generating the first signal.
其中的[X9(m)]由M个元素组成。该[X9(m)]的M个元素可分别为:X9(0),……,X9(M-1)。该[X9(m)]可以称为频域信号,序列,符号流,符号串或者符号集合,本申请实施例对[X9(m)]的名称并不限定于此。该[X9(m)]中的元素X9(m)是[X8(m)]中的元素X8(m)与滤波器系数w4(m)之间的乘积,即,[X9(m)]中的元素X9(m)为X8(m)×w4(m)。以M=4为例,X9(0)为X8(0)×w4(0),X9(1)为X8(1)×w4(1),X9(2)为X8(2)×w4(2),X9(3)为X8(3)×w4(3)。另外,映射物理资源的具体描述请参考S301的相关内容,在此不再赘述。Where [X 9 (m)] consists of M elements. The M elements of [X 9 (m)] can be respectively: X 9 (0),..., X 9 (M-1). This [X 9 (m)] can be called a frequency domain signal, a sequence, a symbol stream, a symbol string or a symbol set. The name of [X 9 (m)] in the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this. The element X 9 (m) in [X 9 (m)] is the product of the element X 8 (m) in [X 8 ( m)] and the filter coefficient w 4 (m), that is, [X 9 (m)] element X 9 (m) is X 8 (m)×w 4 (m). Taking M=4 as an example, X 9 (0) is X 8 (0) × w 4 (0), X 9 (1) is X 8 (1) × w 4 (1), and X 9 (2) is X 8 (2) × w 4 (2), X 9 (3) is X 8 (3) × w 4 (3). In addition, please refer to the relevant content of S301 for the specific description of mapping physical resources, which will not be described again here.
该w4(m)是[w4(m)]中的元素。[w4(m)]由M个元素组成,该M个元素与M个滤波器系数一一对应。该[w4(m)]的M个元素可分别为:w4(0),……,w4(M-1)。该[w4(m)]可以是预先定义的,但本申请实施例并不限定于此。The w 4 (m) is an element in [w 4 (m)]. [w 4 (m)] consists of M elements, which correspond to M filter coefficients one-to-one. The M elements of [w 4 (m)] can be respectively: w 4 (0),..., w 4 (M-1). [w 4 (m)] may be predefined, but the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
可选地,[w4(m)]中的M个元素对称相等,即,w4(m)为w4(M-1-m)。例如,M=4,则w4(0)=w4(3),w4(1)=w4(2)。相应的,该[X9(m)]是[X8(m)]经过对称的滤波处理得到M个符号。通过对[X8(m)]进行对称的滤波处理,能够降低后续生成的第一信号的PAPR。Optionally, the M elements in [w 4 (m)] are symmetrically equal, that is, w 4 (m) is w 4 (M-1-m). For example, M=4, then w 4 (0)=w 4 (3), w 4 (1)=w 4 (2). Correspondingly, [X 9 (m)] is [X 8 (m)], which undergoes symmetric filtering to obtain M symbols. By performing symmetric filtering on [X 8 (m)], the PAPR of the subsequently generated first signal can be reduced.
终端设备对[X8(m)]进行滤波,可以理解为终端设备将[X8(m)]中的元素X8(m)与滤波器系数w4(m)相乘,得到由M个元素组成的[X9(m)]。应理解的是,终端设备对[X8(m)]进行滤波也可以是通过上述频域滤波的方式实现,也可以是通过其他等效的方式实现,例 如在时域进行滤波,本申请实施例不限定于此。The terminal device filters [X 8 (m)], which can be understood as the terminal device multiplying the element X 8 (m) in [X 8 (m)] by the filter coefficient w 4 (m) to obtain M Elements composed of [X 9 (m)]. It should be understood that filtering [X 8 (m)] by the terminal device can also be implemented through the above frequency domain filtering method, or through other equivalent methods, such as If filtering is performed in the time domain, the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this.
终端设备将[X9(m)]的M个元素映射到M个子载波上,生成第一信号的这一过程具体可以包括:终端设备将[X9(m)]的M个元素映射到M个子载波上,并进行N点的IFFT,得到由N个元素组成的时域序列[x(0),……,x(N-1)];再对该时域序列[x(0),……,x(N-1)]加CP后进行数模转换,得到第一信号。应理解的是,终端设备将[X9(m)]的M个元素映射到M个子载波上生成第一信号也可以采用其它等效方式实现,本申请实施例并不限定于此。其中的M个子载波可以是连续的M个子载波,也可以是等间隔的M个子载波,本申请实施例对此并不限定。The terminal equipment maps M elements of [X 9 (m)] to M subcarriers. The process of generating the first signal may specifically include: the terminal equipment maps M elements of [X 9 (m)] to M on the subcarriers, and perform N-point IFFT to obtain a time domain sequence [x(0),...,x(N-1)] composed of N elements; then the time domain sequence [x(0), ..., x(N-1)], add CP and perform digital-to-analog conversion to obtain the first signal. It should be understood that the terminal device can also use other equivalent methods to map M elements of [X 9 (m)] onto M subcarriers to generate the first signal, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto. The M subcarriers may be M continuous subcarriers or equally spaced M subcarriers, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
S903:终端设备向基站发送第一信号;相应的,基站接收第一信号。S903: The terminal device sends the first signal to the base station; accordingly, the base station receives the first signal.
例如,终端设备通过天线向基站发送该第一信号。相应的,基站可以通过天线接收该第一信号。For example, the terminal device sends the first signal to the base station through an antenna. Correspondingly, the base station can receive the first signal through the antenna.
S904:基站从第一信号中获取[s(m)]。S904: The base station obtains [s(m)] from the first signal.
示例性,基站可以从第一信号中获取[X8(m)],再根据[X8(m)]获取[s(m)]。进一步,基站可以根据[s(m)]获取第一信息。例如,基站对[s(m)]进行解调制和译码,得到第一信号。或者,在另一种可能的实现方式中,基站也可以根据从第一信号中获取[X8(m)],再根据[X8(m)]获取第一信息,无需根据[X8(m)]获取[s(m)]。例如,基站可以对根据[X8(m)]进行解调和译码,得到该第一信息。应理解的是,本申请实施例对基站从第一信号中获取第一信息的具体实现方式并不限定于此。For example, the base station can obtain [X 8 (m)] from the first signal, and then obtain [s(m)] based on [X 8 (m)]. Further, the base station can obtain the first information according to [s(m)]. For example, the base station demodulates and decodes [s(m)] to obtain the first signal. Or, in another possible implementation, the base station can also obtain [X 8 (m)] from the first signal, and then obtain the first information based on [X 8 (m)], without the need to obtain [X 8 (m)]. m)] gets [s(m)]. For example, the base station can demodulate and decode according to [X 8 (m)] to obtain the first information. It should be understood that the embodiment of the present application is not limited to the specific implementation manner in which the base station obtains the first information from the first signal.
其中基站从第一信号中获取[X8(m)]可以理解为终端设备根据[X8(m)]生成第一信号的逆过程。在本实施例中,[X8(m)]可以是第一信号经过解映射物理资源和均衡处理后得到的M个符号。应理解的是,本申请实施例对基站获取[s(m)]的具体实现过程并不限定于此。其中的解映射物理资源和均衡的描述请参考S304的相关描述。The base station obtaining [X 8 (m)] from the first signal can be understood as the reverse process of the terminal device generating the first signal according to [X 8 (m)]. In this embodiment, [X 8 (m)] may be M symbols obtained by demapping physical resources and equalizing the first signal. It should be understood that the specific implementation process of obtaining [s(m)] by the base station in the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this. For the description of demapping physical resources and balancing, please refer to the relevant description of S304.
作为一个示例,[X8(m)]是第一信号经过解映射物理资源以及均衡后得到的M个符号。在此情况下,[s(m)]可以是第一信号经过解映射物理资源、均衡、去循环移位以及IDFT得到的M个符号。其中第一信号经过解映射物理资源以及均衡得到[X8(m)];该[X8(m)]经过去循环扩展得到[X6(m)];该[X6(m)]经过IDFT处理得到[s(m)]。As an example, [X 8 (m)] is M symbols obtained by demapping physical resources and equalizing the first signal. In this case, [s(m)] may be M symbols obtained by demapping physical resources, equalization, decyclic shift and IDFT of the first signal. The first signal is de-mapping physical resources and equalizing to obtain [X 8 (m)]; the [X 8 (m)] is decyclically expanded to obtain [X 6 (m)]; the [X 6 (m)] is IDFT processing results in [s(m)].
其中,去循环移位,是指循环移位的逆过程,即终端设备对频域序列进行循环移位的逆过程。该循环移位可以理解为基站从接收到模拟信号对应的频域序列中获取循环移位前的频域序列。在本实施例中,模拟信号对应的频域序列为[X8(m)]。循环移位前的频域序列为[X6(m)]。Among them, decyclic shift refers to the inverse process of cyclic shift, that is, the inverse process of cyclic shift performed by the terminal device on the frequency domain sequence. This cyclic shift can be understood as the base station obtaining the frequency domain sequence before cyclic shift from the frequency domain sequence corresponding to the received analog signal. In this embodiment, the frequency domain sequence corresponding to the analog signal is [X 8 (m)]. The frequency domain sequence before cyclic shift is [X 6 (m)].
第一信号经过解映射物理资源以及均衡得到[X8(m)],也可以理解为第一信号经过解映射物理资源处理和均衡处理,并在均衡过程中进行滤波的反操作,得到[X8(m)];或者,第一信号还可以采用其它等效方式得到[X8(m)],本申请实施例并不限定于此。 The first signal undergoes demapping physical resources and equalization to obtain [ 8 (m)]; or, the first signal can also be obtained in other equivalent ways to obtain [X 8 (m)], and the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto.
相应的,在S904中,基站可以根据第一信号获取[X8(m)],以及根据[X8(m)]获取[s(m)]。Correspondingly, in S904, the base station can obtain [X 8 (m)] according to the first signal, and obtain [s(m)] according to [X 8 (m)].
基站根据第一信号获取[X8(m)]这一过程具体可以包括:基站对第一信号进行数模转换后再去CP处理,得到由N个元素组成的时域序列[x(0),……,x(N-1)];对时域序列[x(0),……,x(N-1)]进行N点的FFT,得到N个符号,并根据第一信号的频域位置取出其中M个符号,再经过均衡得到由M个元素组成的[X8(m)]。应理解的是,基站根据第一 信号获取[X8(m)]也可以采用其它等效方式实现,本申请实施例对基站根据第一信号获取[X8(m)]的具体实现过程并不限定于此。The process of the base station obtaining [X 8 (m)] based on the first signal may specifically include: the base station performs digital-to-analog conversion on the first signal and then performs CP processing to obtain a time domain sequence [x(0)] composed of N elements. ,...,x(N-1)]; perform N-point FFT on the time domain sequence [x(0),...,x(N-1)] to obtain N symbols, and according to the frequency of the first signal M symbols are taken out from the domain position, and then [X 8 (m)] composed of M elements is obtained through equalization. It should be understood that the base station based on the first The signal acquisition [X 8 (m)] can also be implemented in other equivalent ways. The specific implementation process of the base station acquiring [X 8 (m)] based on the first signal in the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this.
基站根据[X8(m)]获取[s(m)],可以理解为基站对[X8(m)]进行去循环移位处理得到[X6(m)],再对[X6(m)]进行IDFT处理得到[s(m)];或者,基站根据[X8(m)]获取[s(m)],还可以理解为基站对[X8(m)]进行IDFT处理,并在IDFT处理过程中进行去循环移位得到[s(m)];或者,基站根据[X8(m)]获取[s(m)]还可以采用其它等效方式实现,本申请实施例对基站根据[X8(m)]获取[s(m)]的具体实现过程并不限定于此。The base station obtains [s(m)] based on [X 8 (m)], which can be understood as the base station performs decyclic shift processing on [X 8 (m)] to obtain [X 6 (m)], and then [X 6 ( m)] performs IDFT processing to obtain [s(m)]; or, the base station obtains [s(m)] based on [X 8 (m)], which can also be understood as the base station performs IDFT processing on [X 8 (m)], And perform decyclic shift during the IDFT process to obtain [s(m)]; or, the base station can obtain [s(m)] according to [X 8 (m)] and can also use other equivalent methods to achieve this. In the embodiment of the present application The specific implementation process for the base station to obtain [s(m)] based on [X 8 (m)] is not limited to this.
在上述实施例中,终端设备第一信息的频域序列进行循环移位,能够减小相邻两个元素对应的调制符号所对应波形在叠加之后的峰值,从而能够减少由[X8(m)]生成的第一信号的PAPR,以及提高第一信号的覆盖范围。In the above embodiment, the frequency domain sequence of the first information of the terminal device is cyclically shifted, which can reduce the peak value of the waveform corresponding to the modulation symbols corresponding to two adjacent elements after superposition, thereby reducing the waveform caused by [X 8 (m )] generates a PAPR of the first signal, and improves the coverage of the first signal.
可以理解的是,为了实现上述实施例中功能,基站和终端设备包括了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本申请中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及方法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件相结合的形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用场景和设计约束条件。It can be understood that, in order to implement the functions in the above embodiments, the base station and the terminal equipment include corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for performing each function. Those skilled in the art should easily realize that the units and method steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed in this application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software driving the hardware depends on the specific application scenarios and design constraints of the technical solution.
图11和图12为本申请的实施例提供的可能的通信装置的结构示意图。其中通信装置也可以称为信号传输装置,这些通信装置可以用于实现上述方法实施例中终端设备或基站的功能,因此也能实现上述方法实施例所具备的有益效果。在本申请的实施例中,该通信装置可以是如图1所示的终端设备120a-120j中的一个,也可以是如图1所示的网络设备110a或110b,还可以是应用于终端设备或网络设备的模块(如芯片)。Figures 11 and 12 are schematic structural diagrams of possible communication devices provided by embodiments of the present application. The communication device can also be called a signal transmission device. These communication devices can be used to implement the functions of the terminal equipment or base station in the above method embodiments, and therefore can also achieve the beneficial effects of the above method embodiments. In the embodiment of the present application, the communication device may be one of the terminal devices 120a-120j as shown in Figure 1, or may be the network device 110a or 110b as shown in Figure 1, or may be applied to the terminal device. Or modules of network equipment (such as chips).
如图11所示,通信装置1100包括处理模块1101和收发模块1102。通信装置1100用于实现上述图3、图7或图9中所示的方法实施例中终端设备或基站的功能。As shown in Figure 11, the communication device 1100 includes a processing module 1101 and a transceiver module 1102. The communication device 1100 is used to implement the functions of the terminal equipment or base station in the method embodiments shown in FIG. 3, FIG. 7 or FIG. 9.
如果通信装置1100用于实现上述图3、图7或图9中所示的方法实施例中终端设备的功能,作为一个示例,处理模块1101,用于根据调制符号[s(m)]和相位旋转因子确定[k(m)],其中,所述[s(m)]由M个元素组成,所述由M个元素组成,所述[k(m)]由M个元素组成,所述M为正整数,所述中的元素为ejθm,所述θ是根据所述M确定的,所述[k(m)]中的元素k(m)为所述m属于{0,……,M-1};以及根据所述[k(m)]生成第一信号。收发模块1102,用于发送所述第一信号。If the communication device 1100 is used to implement the functions of the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 3, FIG. 7 or FIG. 9, as an example, the processing module 1101 is used to adjust the modulation symbol [s(m)] and the phase according to the modulation symbol [s(m)] and the phase. rotation factor Determine [k(m)], where the [s(m)] consists of M elements, and the It consists of M elements, the [k(m)] consists of M elements, the M is a positive integer, and the elements in is e jθm , the θ is determined based on the M, and the element k(m) in the [k(m)] is The m belongs to {0,...,M-1}; and the first signal is generated according to the [k(m)]. Transceiver module 1102, configured to send the first signal.
在一种可选地实现方式中,所述第一信号是所述[k(m)]经过离散傅里叶变换、循环扩展以及映射物理资源后生成的信号;或者,所述第一信号是所述[k(m)]经过离散傅里叶变换、循环扩展、滤波以及映射物理资源后生成的信号;或者,所述第一信号是所述[k(m)]经过离散傅里叶变换以及映射物理资源后生成的信号;或者,所述第一信号是所述[k(m)]经过离散傅里叶变换、滤波以及映射物理资源后生成的信号。In an optional implementation, the first signal is a signal generated by [k(m)] after discrete Fourier transform, cyclic expansion and mapping of physical resources; or, the first signal is The [k(m)] is a signal generated after discrete Fourier transform, cyclic expansion, filtering and mapping of physical resources; or, the first signal is the [k(m)] after discrete Fourier transform and a signal generated after mapping physical resources; or, the first signal is a signal generated after [k(m)] undergoes discrete Fourier transform, filtering, and mapping physical resources.
在一种可选地实现方式中,处理模块1101,在根据所述[k(m)]生成第一信号时具体用于:根据所述[k(m)],获取[X1(q)],其中,所述[X1(q)]由Q个元素组成,所述Q是所述M与E之和,所述E为正整数,所述[X1(q)]中的元素X1(q)为X2((q+M-P)mod M),该X2((q+M-P)mod M)是[X2(m)]中的元素,所述[X2(m)]是对所述[k(m)]进行离散傅里叶变换得到的M个符号,A mod B表示A除以B的余数,所述P为大于或等于0且小于或等于所述E的整数,所述q属于{0,……,Q-1};将所述[X1(q)]的Q个元素映射到 Q个子载波上,生成所述第一信号。In an optional implementation, the processing module 1101, when generating the first signal according to the [k(m)], is specifically configured to: obtain [X 1 (q) according to the [k(m)] ], where the [X 1 (q)] consists of Q elements, the Q is the sum of the M and E, the E is a positive integer, the elements in the [X 1 (q)] X 1 (q) is X 2 ( (q+MP ) mod M), which ] are M symbols obtained by performing discrete Fourier transform on the [k(m)], A mod B represents the remainder of A divided by B, and the P is greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the E Integer, the q belongs to {0,...,Q-1}; map the Q elements of [X 1 (q)] to On Q subcarriers, the first signal is generated.
在一种可选地实现方式中,处理模块1101,在根据所述[k(m)]生成第一信号,用于:根据所述[k(m)],获取[X1(q)],其中,所述[X1(q)]由Q个元素组成,所述Q是所述M与E之和,所述E为正整数,所述[X1(q)]中的元素X1(q)为X2((q+M-P)mod M),元素该X2((q+M-P)mod M)是[X2(m)]中的元素,所述[X2(m)]是对所述[k(m)]进行离散傅里叶变换得到的M个符号,A mod B表示A除以B的余数,所述P为大于或等于0且小于或等于所述E的整数,所述q属于{0,……,Q-1};对所述[X1(q)]滤波,得到[X3(q)],其中,所述[X3(q)]由Q个元素组成;将所述[X3(q)]的Q个元素映射到Q个子载波上,生成所述第一信号。In an optional implementation, the processing module 1101 generates a first signal according to the [k(m)], for: obtaining [X 1 (q)] according to the [k(m)] , wherein the [X 1 (q)] consists of Q elements, the Q is the sum of the M and E, the E is a positive integer, the element X in the [X 1 (q)] 1 (q) is X 2 ( ( q+MP ) mod M), the element of ] are M symbols obtained by performing discrete Fourier transform on the [k(m)], A mod B represents the remainder of A divided by B, and the P is greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the E Integer, the q belongs to {0,...,Q-1}; filter the [X 1 (q)] to obtain [X 3 (q)], where the [X 3 (q)] is given by Composed of Q elements; map the Q elements of [X 3 (q)] to Q subcarriers to generate the first signal.
在一种可选地实现方式中,所述θ是根据所述M确定的,包括:所述θ是根据所述M,所述P和所述E确定的。In an optional implementation manner, the θ is determined based on the M, including: the θ is determined based on the M, the P and the E.
在一种可选地实现方式中,所述[s(m)]的调制方式为四相相移键控QPSK,所述θ为π(±M/4+E-2P-1)/M。In an optional implementation manner, the modulation mode of [s(m)] is quadrature phase shift keying QPSK, and the θ is π(±M/4+E-2P-1)/M.
在一种可选地实现方式中,处理模块1101在根据所述[k(m)]生成第一信号时,用于:对所述[k(m)]的M个元素进行离散傅里叶变换处理,得到[X2(m)],所述[X2(m)]由M个元素组成;将所述[X2(m)]的M个元素映射到M个子载波上,生成所述第一信号。In an optional implementation, when generating the first signal according to the [k(m)], the processing module 1101 is configured to: perform discrete Fourier transform on the M elements of the [k(m)]. Transform processing to obtain [X 2 (m)], which is composed of M elements; map the M elements of [X 2 (m)] to M subcarriers to generate the Describe the first signal.
在一种可选地实现方式中,处理模块1101在根据所述[k(m)]生成第一信号时,用于:所述[k(m)]的M个元素进行离散傅里叶变换处理,得到[X2(m)],所述[X2(m)]由M个元素组成;对所述[X2(m)]进行滤波,得到[X4(m)],其中,所述[X4(m)]由M个元素组成;将所述[X4(m)]的M个元素映射到M个子载波上,生成所述第一信号。In an optional implementation manner, when generating the first signal according to the [k(m)], the processing module 1101 is used to: perform discrete Fourier transform on the M elements of the [k(m)] Process to obtain [X 2 (m)], which is composed of M elements; filter the [ X 2 ( m)] to obtain [X 4 (m)], where, The [X 4 (m)] is composed of M elements; the M elements of the [X 4 (m)] are mapped to M subcarriers to generate the first signal.
在一种可选地实现方式中,所述[s(m)]的调制方式为四相相移键控QPSK,所述θ为π(±M/4-1)/M。In an optional implementation, the modulation mode of [s(m)] is quadrature phase shift keying QPSK, and the θ is π(±M/4-1)/M.
作为另一个示例,处理模块1101,用于根据调制符号[s(m)],确定[X5(q)],所述[s(m)]由M个元素组成,所述M为正整数,所述[X5(q)]由Q个元素组成,所述Q为所述M与E之和,所述E为正整数,其中,所述[X5(q)]中的元素X5(q)为X6((q+M-P)mod M),该X6((q+M-P)mod M)是[X6(m)]中的元素,所述[X6(m)]是对所述[s(m)]进行离散傅里叶变换得到的M个符号,A mod B表示A除以B的余数,所述P是根据所述M确定的,所述P为大于或等于0且小于或等于所述E的整数,所述P与(E-P)不相等,所述m属于{0,……,M-1},所述q属于{0,……,Q-1};以及,根据所述[X5(q)]生成第一信号。收发模块1102,用于发送所述第一信号。As another example, the processing module 1101 is configured to determine [X 5 (q)] according to the modulation symbol [s(m)], where the [s(m)] is composed of M elements, and the M is a positive integer. , the [X 5 (q)] consists of Q elements, the Q is the sum of the M and E, the E is a positive integer, where the element X in the [X 5 (q)] 5 ( q) is X 6 ( (q+MP ) mod M), which are M symbols obtained by performing discrete Fourier transform on the [s(m)], A mod B represents the remainder of A divided by B, the P is determined based on the M, and the P is greater than or An integer equal to 0 and less than or equal to the E, the P is not equal to (EP), the m belongs to {0,...,M-1}, and the q belongs to {0,...,Q-1 }; and generating a first signal according to [X 5 (q)]. Transceiver module 1102, configured to send the first signal.
在一种可选地实现方式中,所述第一信号是所述[X5(q)]经过映射物理资源后生成的信号;或者,所述第一信号是所述[X5(q)]经过滤波以及映射物理资源后生成的信号。In an optional implementation, the first signal is a signal generated by mapping physical resources to [X 5 (q)]; or, the first signal is the [X 5 (q) ] The signal generated after filtering and mapping physical resources.
在一种可选地实现方式中,所述P是根据所述M确定的,包括:所述P是根据所述M和所述E确定的。In an optional implementation manner, the P is determined based on the M, including: the P is determined based on the M and the E.
在一种可选地实现方式中,所述[s(m)]的调制方式为四相相移键控QPSK,所述P为根据(±M/4+E-1)/2确定的整数。In an optional implementation, the modulation mode of [s(m)] is four-phase phase shift keying QPSK, and the P is an integer determined according to (±M/4+E-1)/2 .
在一种可选地实现方式中,处理模块1101在根据所述[X5(q)]生成第一信号,用于:将所述[X5(q)]的Q个元素映射到Q个子载波上,生成所述第一信号。In an optional implementation, the processing module 1101 generates a first signal according to the [X 5 (q)], for mapping Q elements of the [X 5 (q)] to Q sub-elements. On the carrier, the first signal is generated.
在一种可选地实现方式中,处理模块1101在根据所述[X5(q)]生成第一信号,用于: 对所述[X5(q)]滤波,得到[X7(q)],所述[X7(q)]由Q个元素组成;将所述[X7(q)]的Q个元素映射到Q个子载波上,生成所述第一信号。In an optional implementation, the processing module 1101 generates the first signal according to [X 5 (q)] for: Filter the [X 5 (q)] to obtain [X 7 (q)], the [X 7 (q)] is composed of Q elements; the Q elements of the [X 7 (q)] are mapped onto Q subcarriers to generate the first signal.
作为另一个示例,处理模块1101,用于根据调制符号[s(m)],确定[X8(m)],所述[s(m)]由M个元素组成,所述M为正整数,所述[X8(m)]由M个元素组成,其中,所述[X8(m)]中的元素X8(m)为X6((m+M-P)mod M),该X6((m+M-P)mod M)是[X6(m)]中的元素,所述[X6(m)]是对所述[s(m)]进行离散傅里叶变换得到的M个符号,A mod B表示A除以B的余数,所述P是根据所述M确定的,所述P为正整数,所述m属于{0,……,M-1};以及,根据所述[X8(m)]生成第一信号。收发模块1102,用于发送所述第一信号。As another example, the processing module 1101 is configured to determine [X 8 (m)] according to the modulation symbol [s(m)], where the [s(m)] is composed of M elements, and the M is a positive integer. , the [X 8 (m)] is composed of M elements, wherein the element X 8 (m) in the [X 8 (m)] is X 6 ((m+MP)mod M), and the X 6 ((m+MP)mod M) is an element in [X 6 (m)], and [X 6 (m)] is M obtained by performing discrete Fourier transform on [s(m)] symbols, A mod B represents the remainder of A divided by B, the P is determined according to the M, the P is a positive integer, the m belongs to {0,...,M-1}; and, according to Said [X 8 (m)] generates the first signal. Transceiver module 1102, configured to send the first signal.
在一种可选地实现方式中,所述第一信号是所述[X8(m)]经过映射物理资源后生成的信号;或者,所述第一信号是所述[X8(m)]经过滤波以及映射物理资源后生成的信号。In an optional implementation, the first signal is a signal generated by mapping physical resources to [X 8 (m)]; or, the first signal is the [X 8 (m) ] The signal generated after filtering and mapping physical resources.
在一种可选地实现方式中,所述[s(m)]的调制方式为四相相移键控QPSK,所述P为根据(±M/4-1)/2确定的整数。In an optional implementation manner, the modulation mode of [s(m)] is quadrature phase shift keying QPSK, and the P is an integer determined according to (±M/4-1)/2.
在一种可选地实现方式中,处理模块1101在根据所述[X8(m)]生成第一信号时,用于:将所述[X8(m)]的M个元素映射到M个子载波上,生成所述第一信号。In an optional implementation, when generating the first signal according to [X 8 (m)], the processing module 1101 is configured to: map M elements of [X 8 (m)] to M On subcarriers, the first signal is generated.
在一种可选地实现方式中,处理模块1101在根据所述[X8(m)]生成第一信号时,用于:对所述[X8(m)]滤波,得到[X9(m)],所述[X9(m)]由M个元素组成;将所述[X9(m)]的M个元素映射到M个子载波上,生成所述第一信号。In an optional implementation, when the processing module 1101 generates the first signal according to the [X 8 (m)], it is used to: filter the [X 8 (m)] to obtain [X 9 ( m)], the [X 9 (m)] is composed of M elements; the M elements of the [X 9 (m)] are mapped to M subcarriers to generate the first signal.
如果通信装置1100用于实现上述图3、图7或图9中所示的方法实施例中终端设备的功能,作为一个示例,收发模块1102,用于接收第一信号,所述第一信号是根据[k(m)]生成的信号,所述[k(m)]是根据调制符号[s(m)]和相位旋转因子确定的M个符号,其中,所述[s(m)]由M个元素组成,所述由M个元素组成,所述M为正整数,所述中的元素为ejθm,所述θ是根据所述M确定的,所述[k(m)]中的元素k(m)为所述m属于{0,……,M-1}。处理模块1101,用于从所述第一信号中获取所述[s(m)]。If the communication device 1100 is used to implement the functions of the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in Figure 3, Figure 7 or Figure 9, as an example, the transceiver module 1102 is used to receive a first signal, and the first signal is A signal generated based on [k(m)], which is based on the modulation symbol [s(m)] and the phase rotation factor Determined M symbols, where the [s(m)] consists of M elements, the It consists of M elements, where M is a positive integer, and elements in is e jθm , the θ is determined based on the M, and the element k(m) in the [k(m)] is The m belongs to {0,...,M-1}. The processing module 1101 is used to obtain the [s(m)] from the first signal.
在一种可选地实现方式中,所述[s(m)]是所述第一信号经过解映射物理资源、均衡、去循环扩展、离散傅里叶逆变换以及去相位旋转后得到的调制符号;或者,所述[s(m)]是所述第一信号经过解映射物理资源、均衡、离散傅里叶逆变换以及去相位旋转后得到的调制符号。In an optional implementation, the [s(m)] is the modulation obtained by demapping physical resources, equalization, decyclic expansion, inverse discrete Fourier transform and dephase rotation of the first signal. symbol; or, the [s(m)] is a modulation symbol obtained by demapping physical resources, equalization, inverse discrete Fourier transform and de-phase rotation of the first signal.
在一种可选地实现方式中,所述第一信号是根据[k(m)]生成的信号,包括:所述第一信号是[X1(q)]经过映射物理资源得到的信号,其中,所述[X1(q)]由Q个元素组成,所述Q是所述M与E之和,所述E为正整数;所述[X1(q)]是[X2(m)]经过循环扩展得到的Q个符号,其中,所述[X1(q)]中的元素X1(q)为X2((q+M-P)mod M),该是[X2(m)]中的元素,A mod B表示A除以B的余数,所述P为大于或等于0且小于或等于所述E的整数,所述q属于{0,……,Q-1};所述[X2(m)]是所述[k(m)]经过离散傅里叶变换得到的M个符号。In an optional implementation, the first signal is a signal generated according to [k(m)], including: the first signal is a signal obtained by mapping physical resources to [X 1 (q)], Wherein, the [X 1 (q)] is composed of Q elements, the Q is the sum of the M and E, and the E is a positive integer; the [X 1 (q)] is [X 2 ( m)] Q symbols obtained through cyclic expansion, where the element X 1 (q) in [X 1 (q)] is X 2 ((q+MP)mod M), which is an element in [X 2 (m)], A mod B represents the remainder of A divided by B, the P is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the E, the q belongs to {0,... , Q-1}; the [X 2 (m)] is the M symbols obtained by the discrete Fourier transform of the [k (m)].
在一种可选地实现方式中,所述第一信号是根据[k(m)]生成的信号,包括:所述第一信号是[X3(q)]经过映射物理资源得到的信号,其中,所述[X3(q)]由Q个元素组成,所述Q是所述M与E之和,所述E为正整数;所述[X3(q)]是[X1(q)]经过滤波处理得到的Q个符号;所述[X1(q)]是[X2(m)]经过循环扩展得到的Q个符号,其中,所述[X1(q)]中 的元素X1(q)为X2((q+M-P)mod M),该X2((q+M-P)mod M)是[X2(m)]中的元素,A mod B表示A除以B的余数,所述P为大于或等于0且小于或等于所述E的整数,所述q属于{0,……,Q-1};所述[X2(m)]是所述[k(m)]经过离散傅里叶变换得到的M个符号。In an optional implementation, the first signal is a signal generated according to [k(m)], including: the first signal is a signal obtained by mapping physical resources to [X 3 (q)], Wherein, the [X 3 (q)] is composed of Q elements, the Q is the sum of the M and E, and the E is a positive integer; the [X 3 (q)] is [X 1 ( q)] Q symbols obtained by filtering; the [X 1 (q)] is the Q symbols obtained by [X 2 (m)] through cyclic expansion, wherein, in the [X 1 (q)] The element of X 1 (q) is X 2 ( (q+MP)mod M), which Taking the remainder of B, the P is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the E, the q belongs to {0,...,Q-1}; the [X 2 (m)] is the [k(m)] M symbols obtained by discrete Fourier transform.
在一种可选地实现方式中,所述θ是根据所述M确定的,包括:所述θ是根据所述M,所述P和所述E确定的。In an optional implementation manner, the θ is determined based on the M, including: the θ is determined based on the M, the P and the E.
在一种可选地实现方式中,所述[s(m)]的调制方式为四相相移键控QPSK,所述θ为π(±M/4+E-2P-1)/M。In an optional implementation manner, the modulation mode of [s(m)] is quadrature phase shift keying QPSK, and the θ is π(±M/4+E-2P-1)/M.
在一种可选地实现方式中,所述第一信号是根据[k(m)]生成的信号,包括:所述第一信号是[X2(m)]经过映射物理资源得到的信号;所述[X2(m)]是所述[k(m)]经过离散傅里叶变换得到的M个符号。In an optional implementation manner, the first signal is a signal generated according to [k(m)], including: the first signal is a signal obtained by mapping physical resources to [X 2 (m)]; The [X 2 (m)] is M symbols obtained by the discrete Fourier transform of the [k(m)].
在一种可选地实现方式中,所述第一信号是根据[k(m)]生成的信号,包括:所述第一信号是[X4(m)]经过映射物理资源得到的信号;所述[X4(m)]是[X2(m)]经过滤波处理得到的M个符号,其中,所述[X4(m)]由M个元素组成;所述[X2(m)]是所述[k(m)]经过离散傅里叶变换得到的M个符号。In an optional implementation, the first signal is a signal generated according to [k(m)], including: the first signal is a signal obtained by mapping physical resources to [X 4 (m)]; The [X 4 (m)] is M symbols obtained by filtering [X 2 (m)], wherein the [X 4 (m)] is composed of M elements; the [X 2 (m) )] are M symbols obtained by the discrete Fourier transform of [k(m)].
在一种可选地实现方式中,所述[s(m)]的调制方式为四相相移键控QPSK,所述θ为π(±M/4-1)/M。In an optional implementation, the modulation mode of [s(m)] is quadrature phase shift keying QPSK, and the θ is π(±M/4-1)/M.
作为另一个示例,收发模块1102,用于接收第一信号,所述第一信号是根据[X5(q)]生成的信号,所述[X5(q)]是根据调制符号[s(m)]确定的Q个符号,其中,所述[s(m)]由M个元素组成,所述M为正整数,所述Q为所述M与E之和,所述E为正整数,所述[X5(q)]中的元素X5(q)为X6((q+M-P)mod M),该X6((q+M-P)modM)是[X6(m)]中的元素,所述[X6(m)]是对所述[s(m)]进行离散傅里叶变换得到的M个符号,A mod B表示A除以B的余数,所述P是根据所述M确定的,所述P为大于或等于0且小于或等于所述E的整数,所述P与(E-P)不相等,所述m属于{0,……,M-1},所述q属于{0,……,Q-1}。处理模块1101,用于从所述第一信号中获取所述[s(m)]。As another example, the transceiver module 1102 is configured to receive a first signal, the first signal is a signal generated according to [X 5 (q)], and the [X 5 (q)] is a signal generated according to the modulation symbol [s( m)], where the [s(m)] consists of M elements, the M is a positive integer, the Q is the sum of the M and E, and the E is a positive integer , the element X 5 (q) in [X 5 (q)] is X 6 ((q+MP)mod M), and the X 6 ((q+MP)modM) is [X 6 (m)] The elements in , the [X 6 (m)] is the M symbols obtained by performing discrete Fourier transform on the [s(m)], A mod B represents the remainder of A divided by B, and the P is Determined according to the M, the P is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the E, the P is not equal to (EP), and the m belongs to {0,...,M-1}, The q belongs to {0,...,Q-1}. The processing module 1101 is used to obtain the [s(m)] from the first signal.
在一种可选地实现方式中,所述[s(m)]是所述第一信号经过解映射物理资源、均衡、去循环扩展、以及离散傅里叶逆变换后得到的调制符号。In an optional implementation, the [s(m)] is a modulation symbol obtained by demapping physical resources, equalization, decyclic expansion, and inverse discrete Fourier transform of the first signal.
在一种可选地实现方式中,所述P是根据所述M确定的,包括:所述P是根据所述M和所述E确定的。In an optional implementation manner, the P is determined based on the M, including: the P is determined based on the M and the E.
在一种可选地实现方式中,所述[s(m)]的调制方式为四相相移键控QPSK,所述P为根据(±M/4+E-1)/2确定的整数。In an optional implementation, the modulation mode of [s(m)] is four-phase phase shift keying QPSK, and the P is an integer determined according to (±M/4+E-1)/2 .
在一种可选地实现方式中,所述第一信号是根据[X5(q)]生成的信号,包括:所述第一信号是所述[X5(q)]经过映射物理资源得到的信号。In an optional implementation, the first signal is a signal generated according to [X 5 (q)], including: the first signal is obtained by mapping physical resources to [X 5 (q)] signal of.
在一种可选地实现方式中,所述第一信号是根据[X5(q)]生成的信号,包括:所述第一信号是[X7(q)]经过映射物理资源得到的信号;所述[X7(q)]是所述[X5(q)]经过滤波处理得到的Q个符号,其中,[X7(q)]包括Q个元素。In an optional implementation, the first signal is a signal generated according to [X 5 (q)], including: the first signal is a signal obtained by mapping physical resources to [X 7 (q)] ; The [X 7 (q)] is Q symbols obtained by filtering the [X 5 (q)], where [X 7 (q)] includes Q elements.
作为另一个示例,收发模块1102,用于接收第一信号,所述第一信号是根据[X8(m)]生成的信号,所述[X8(m)]生成是根据调制符号[s(m)]确定的M个符号,其中,所述[s(m)]由M个元素组成,所述M为正整数,所述[X8(m)]中的元素X8(m)为 X6((q+M-P)mod M),该X6((q+M-P)mod M)是[X6(m)]中的元素,所述[X6(m)]是对所述[s(m)]进行离散傅里叶变换得到的M个符号,A mod B表示A除以B的余数,所述P是根据所述M确定的,所述P为正整数,所述m属于{0,……,M-1}。处理模块1101,用于从所述第一信号中获取所述[s(m)]。As another example, the transceiver module 1102 is configured to receive a first signal, the first signal is a signal generated according to [X 8 (m)], and the [X 8 (m)] is generated according to the modulation symbol [s (m)], where the [s(m)] consists of M elements, the M is a positive integer, and the element X 8 (m) in the [X 8 (m)] for X 6 ((q+MP)mod M), the X 6 ((q+MP)mod M) is an element of [X 6 (m)], and the [X 6 (m)] is an element of the [ s(m)] M symbols obtained by discrete Fourier transform, A mod B represents the remainder of A divided by B, the P is determined based on the M, the P is a positive integer, and the m belongs {0,…,M-1}. The processing module 1101 is used to obtain the [s(m)] from the first signal.
在一种可选地实现方式中,所述[s(m)]是所述第一信号经过解映射物理资源、均衡、去循环移位、以及离散傅里叶逆变换后得到的调制符号。In an optional implementation manner, the [s(m)] is a modulation symbol obtained by demapping physical resources, equalization, decyclic shift, and inverse discrete Fourier transform of the first signal.
在一种可选地实现方式中,所述[s(m)]的调制方式为四相相移键控QPSK,所述P为根据(±M/4-1)/2确定的整数。In an optional implementation manner, the modulation mode of [s(m)] is quadrature phase shift keying QPSK, and the P is an integer determined according to (±M/4-1)/2.
在一种可选地实现方式中,所述第一信号是根据[X8(m)]生成的信号,包括:所述第一信号是所述[X8(m)]经过映射物理资源得到的信号。In an optional implementation, the first signal is a signal generated according to [X 8 (m)], including: the first signal is obtained by mapping physical resources to [X 8 (m)] signal of.
在一种可选地实现方式中,所述第一信号是根据[X8(m)]生成的信号,包括:所述第一信号是[X9(m)]经过映射物理资源得到的信号,所述[X9(m)]由M个元素组成;所述[X9(m)]是所述[X8(m)]经过滤波处理得到的M个符号。In an optional implementation, the first signal is a signal generated according to [X 8 (m)], including: the first signal is a signal obtained by mapping physical resources to [X 9 (m)] , the [X 9 (m)] is composed of M elements; the [X 9 (m)] is the M symbols obtained by filtering the [X 8 (m)].
有关上述处理模块1101和收发模块1102更详细的描述可以直接参考图3、图7或图9所示的方法实施例中相关描述直接得到,这里不加赘述。More detailed descriptions about the above processing module 1101 and transceiver module 1102 can be obtained directly by referring to the relevant descriptions in the method embodiments shown in Figure 3, Figure 7 or Figure 9, and will not be described again here.
如图12所示,通信装置1200包括处理器1210。可选地,通信装置1200还可以包括通信接口1220(图12中以虚线表示)。处理器1210和通信接口1220之间相互耦合。可以理解的是,通信接口1220可以为收发器或输入输出接口。可选地,通信装置1200还可以包括存储器1230(图12中以虚线表示),用于存储处理器1210执行的指令或存储处理器1210运行指令所需要的输入数据或存储处理器1210运行指令后产生的数据。可选地,存储器1230、处理器1210以及通信接口1220通过总线1240相连。本申请实施例中,指令也可以指代计算机程序,代码,程序代码,程序,应用程序,软件,或者,可执行文件。As shown in FIG. 12 , communication device 1200 includes processor 1210 . Optionally, the communication device 1200 may also include a communication interface 1220 (indicated by a dotted line in Figure 12). The processor 1210 and the communication interface 1220 are coupled to each other. It can be understood that the communication interface 1220 may be a transceiver or an input-output interface. Optionally, the communication device 1200 may also include a memory 1230 (indicated by a dotted line in FIG. 12 ) for storing instructions executed by the processor 1210 or input data required for the processor 1210 to run the instructions or after the processor 1210 executes the instructions. generated data. Optionally, the memory 1230, the processor 1210 and the communication interface 1220 are connected through a bus 1240. In the embodiments of this application, instructions may also refer to computer programs, codes, program codes, programs, applications, software, or executable files.
当通信装置1200用于实现图3、图7或图9所示的方法时,处理器1210用于实现上述处理模块1101的功能,通信接口1220用于实现上述收发模块1102的功能。When the communication device 1200 is used to implement the method shown in Figure 3, Figure 7 or Figure 9, the processor 1210 is used to implement the functions of the above-mentioned processing module 1101, and the communication interface 1220 is used to implement the functions of the above-mentioned transceiver module 1102.
当上述通信装置为应用于终端设备的芯片时,该终端设备芯片实现上述方法实施例中终端设备的功能。该终端设备芯片从终端设备中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)接收信息,该信息是网络设备发送给终端设备的;或者,该终端设备芯片向终端设备中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)发送信息,该信息是终端设备发送给网络设备的。When the above communication device is a chip applied to a terminal device, the terminal device chip implements the functions of the terminal device in the above method embodiment. The terminal equipment chip receives information from other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) in the terminal equipment, and the information is sent by the network equipment to the terminal equipment; or, the terminal equipment chip sends information to other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) in the terminal equipment. Antenna) sends information, which is sent by the terminal device to the network device.
当上述通信装置为应用于网络设备的模块时,该网络设备模块实现上述方法实施例中网络设备的功能。该网络设备模块从网络设备中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)接收信息,该信息是终端设备发送给网络设备的;或者,该网络设备模块向网络设备中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)发送信息,该信息是网络设备发送给终端设备的。这里的网络设备模块可以是网络设备的基带芯片,也可以是DU或其他模块,这里的DU可以是开放式无线接入网(open radio access network,O-RAN)架构下的DU。When the above communication device is a module applied to a network device, the network device module implements the functions of the network device in the above method embodiment. The network device module receives information from other modules in the network device (such as a radio frequency module or antenna), which is sent by the terminal device to the network device; or, the network device module sends information to other modules in the network device (such as a radio frequency module or antenna). Antenna) sends information, which is sent by the network device to the terminal device. The network equipment module here can be the baseband chip of the network equipment, or it can be a DU or other module. The DU here can be a DU under the open radio access network (open radio access network, O-RAN) architecture.
可以理解的是,本申请的实施例中的处理器可以是中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU),还可以是其它通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其它可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件,硬件部件或者其任意组合。通用处理器可以是微处理器,也可以是任何常规的处理器。 It can be understood that the processor in the embodiments of the present application can be a central processing unit (CPU), or other general-purpose processor, digital signal processor (DSP), or application-specific integrated circuit. (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), field programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components or any combination thereof. A general-purpose processor can be a microprocessor or any conventional processor.
本申请的实施例中的方法步骤可以通过硬件的方式来实现,也可以由处理器执行软件指令的方式来实现。软件指令可以由相应的软件模块组成,软件模块可以被存放于随机存取存储器、闪存、只读存储器、可编程只读存储器、可擦除可编程只读存储器、电可擦除可编程只读存储器、寄存器、硬盘、移动硬盘、CD-ROM或者本领域熟知的任何其它形式的存储介质中。一种示例性地存储介质耦合至处理器,从而使处理器能够从该存储介质读取信息,且可向该存储介质写入信息。当然,存储介质也可以是处理器的组成部分。处理器和存储介质可以位于ASIC中。另外,该ASIC可以位于网络设备或终端设备中。当然,处理器和存储介质也可以作为分立组件存在于网络设备或终端设备中。The method steps in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented by hardware or by a processor executing software instructions. Software instructions can be composed of corresponding software modules, and the software modules can be stored in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, erasable programmable read-only memory, electrically erasable programmable read-only memory In memory, register, hard disk, mobile hard disk, CD-ROM or any other form of storage medium well known in the art. An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor such that the processor can read information from the storage medium and write information to the storage medium. Of course, the storage medium can also be an integral part of the processor. The processor and storage media may be located in an ASIC. Additionally, the ASIC can be located in network equipment or terminal equipment. Of course, the processor and the storage medium can also exist as discrete components in network equipment or terminal equipment.
本申请还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序或指令,当该计算机程序或指令被运行时,实现前述方法实施例中由网络设备或终端设备所执行的方法。这样,上述实施例中所述功能可以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器ROM、随机存取存储器RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。This application also provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores a computer program or instructions. When the computer program or instructions are run, the steps executed by the network device or the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments are implemented. method. In this way, the functions described in the above embodiments can be implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application essentially or contributes to the technical solution or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product. The computer software product is stored in a storage medium and includes a number of instructions. So that a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) executes all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of this application. Storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory ROM, random access memory RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code.
本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码,当该计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行前述任一方法实施例中由终端设备或网络设备所执行的方法。This application also provides a computer program product. The computer program product includes: computer program code. When the computer program code is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute any of the foregoing method embodiments executed by a terminal device or a network device. Methods.
本申请还提供一种系统,其包括终端设备和网络设备。This application also provides a system, which includes a terminal device and a network device.
本申请实施例还提供了一种处理装置,包括处理器和接口;所述处理器用于执行上述任一方法实施例所涉及的终端设备或网络设备所执行的方法。Embodiments of the present application also provide a processing device, including a processor and an interface; the processor is configured to execute the method executed by the terminal device or network device involved in any of the above method embodiments.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机程序或指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序或指令时,全部或部分地执行本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、网络设备、用户设备或者其它可编程装置。所述计算机程序或指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机程序或指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线或无线方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是集成一个或多个可用介质的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质,例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带;也可以是光介质,例如,数字视频光盘;还可以是半导体介质,例如,固态硬盘。该计算机可读存储介质可以是易失性或非易失性存储介质,或可包括易失性和非易失性两种类型的存储介质。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer programs or instructions. When the computer program or instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are executed in whole or in part. The computer may be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, a network device, a user equipment, or other programmable device. The computer program or instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another. For example, the computer program or instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, A server or data center transmits via wired or wireless means to another website site, computer, server, or data center. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center that integrates one or more available media. The available media may be magnetic media, such as floppy disks, hard disks, and tapes; optical media, such as digital video optical disks; or semiconductor media, such as solid-state hard drives. The computer-readable storage medium may be volatile or nonvolatile storage media, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile types of storage media.
在本申请的各个实施例中,如果没有特殊说明以及逻辑冲突,不同的实施例之间的术语和/或描述具有一致性、且可以相互引用,不同的实施例中的技术特征根据其内在的逻辑关系可以组合形成新的实施例。In the various embodiments of this application, if there is no special explanation or logical conflict, the terms and/or descriptions between different embodiments are consistent and can be referenced to each other. The technical features in different embodiments are based on their inherent Logical relationships can be combined to form new embodiments.
另外,需要理解,在本申请实施例中,“示例的”一词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。 本申请中被描述为“示例”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其它实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言,使用示例的一词旨在以具体方式呈现概念。In addition, it should be understood that in the embodiments of this application, the word "exemplary" is used to mean an example, illustration or explanation. Any embodiment or design described herein as "example" is not intended to be construed as preferred or advantageous over other embodiments or designs. Rather, the use of the word example is intended to present a concept in a concrete way.
此外,本申请实施例中,信息(information),信号(signal),消息(message),信道(channel)有时可以混用,应当指出的是,在不强调其区别时,其所要表达的含义是一致的。“的(of)”,“相应的(corresponding,relevant)”和“对应的(corresponding)”有时可以混用,应当指出的是,在不强调其区别时,其所要表达的含义是一致的。In addition, in the embodiments of this application, information (information), signal (signal), message (message), and channel (channel) can sometimes be used interchangeably. It should be noted that when the difference is not emphasized, the meanings they intend to express are the same. of. "Of", "corresponding, relevant" and "corresponding" can sometimes be used interchangeably. It should be noted that when the difference is not emphasized, the meanings they convey are consistent.
本申请中,“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。在本申请的文字描述中,字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系;在本申请的公式中,字符“/”,表示前后关联对象是一种“相除”的关系。“包括A,B和C中的至少一个”可以表示:包括A;包括B;包括C;包括A和B;包括A和C;包括B和C;包括A、B和C。In this application, "at least one" refers to one or more, and "plurality" refers to two or more. "And/or" describes the association of associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural. In the text description of this application, the character "/" generally indicates that the related objects before and after are an "or" relationship; in the formula of this application, the character "/" indicates that the related objects before and after are a kind of "division" Relationship. "Including at least one of A, B and C" may mean: including A; including B; including C; including A and B; including A and C; including B and C; including A, B and C.
可以理解的是,在本申请的实施例中涉及的各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分,并不用来限制本申请的实施例的范围。上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定。 It can be understood that the various numerical numbers involved in the embodiments of the present application are only for convenience of description and are not used to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application. The size of the serial numbers of the above processes does not mean the order of execution. The execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic.

Claims (85)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized by including:
    根据调制符号[s(m)]和相位旋转因子确定[k(m)],其中,所述[s(m)]由M个元素组成,所述由M个元素组成,所述[k(m)]由M个元素组成,所述M为正整数,所述中的元素为ejθm,所述θ是根据所述M确定的,所述[k(m)]中的元素k(m)为所述m属于{0,……,M-1};According to the modulation symbol [s(m)] and the phase rotation factor Determine [k(m)], where the [s(m)] consists of M elements, and the It consists of M elements, the [k(m)] consists of M elements, the M is a positive integer, and the elements in is e jθm , the θ is determined based on the M, and the element k(m) in the [k(m)] is The m belongs to {0,...,M-1};
    根据所述[k(m)]生成第一信号,并发送所述第一信号。A first signal is generated according to the [k(m)], and the first signal is sent.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 1, characterized in that:
    所述第一信号是所述[k(m)]经过离散傅里叶变换、循环扩展以及映射物理资源后生成的信号;或者,The first signal is a signal generated by discrete Fourier transform, cyclic expansion, and mapping of physical resources to [k(m)]; or,
    所述第一信号是所述[k(m)]经过离散傅里叶变换、循环扩展、滤波以及映射物理资源后生成的信号;或者,The first signal is a signal generated by discrete Fourier transform, cyclic expansion, filtering and mapping of physical resources to [k(m)]; or,
    所述第一信号是所述[k(m)]经过离散傅里叶变换以及映射物理资源后生成的信号;或者,The first signal is a signal generated after the [k(m)] undergoes discrete Fourier transform and mapping of physical resources; or,
    所述第一信号是所述[k(m)]经过离散傅里叶变换、滤波以及映射物理资源后生成的信号。The first signal is a signal generated by discrete Fourier transform, filtering and mapping of physical resources to [k(m)].
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述[k(m)]生成第一信号,包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that generating the first signal according to the [k(m)] includes:
    根据所述[k(m)],获取[X1(q)],其中,所述[X1(q)]由Q个元素组成,所述Q是所述M与E之和,所述E为正整数,所述[X1(q)]中的元素X1(q)为X2((q+M-P)mod M),所述X2((q+M-P)mod M)是[X2(m)]中的元素,所述[X2(m)]是对所述[k(m)]进行离散傅里叶变换得到的M个符号,A mod B表示A除以B的余数,所述P为大于或等于0且小于或等于所述E的整数,所述q属于{0,……,Q-1};According to the [k(m)], obtain [X 1 (q)], where the [X 1 (q)] consists of Q elements, the Q is the sum of the M and E, and the E is a positive integer, the element X 1 (q) in [X 1 (q)] is X 2 ((q+MP)mod M), and the X 2 ((q+MP)mod M) is [ elements in Remainder, the P is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the E, and the q belongs to {0,...,Q-1};
    将所述[X1(q)]的Q个元素映射到Q个子载波上,生成所述第一信号。The Q elements of [X 1 (q)] are mapped onto Q subcarriers to generate the first signal.
  4. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述[k(m)]生成第一信号,包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that generating the first signal according to the [k(m)] includes:
    根据所述[k(m)],获取[X1(q)],其中,所述[X1(q)]由Q个元素组成,所述Q是所述M与E之和,所述E为正整数,所述[X1(q)]中的元素X1(q)为X2((q+M-P)mod M),所述X2((q+M-P)mod M)是[X2(m)]中的元素,所述[X2(m)]是对所述[k(m)]进行离散傅里叶变换得到的M个符号,A mod B表示A除以B的余数,所述P为大于或等于0且小于或等于所述E的整数,所述q属于{0,……,Q-1};According to the [k(m)], obtain [X 1 (q)], where the [X 1 (q)] consists of Q elements, the Q is the sum of the M and E, and the E is a positive integer, the element X 1 (q) in [X 1 (q)] is X 2 ((q+MP)mod M), and the X 2 ((q+MP)mod M) is [ elements in Remainder, the P is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the E, and the q belongs to {0,...,Q-1};
    对所述[X1(q)]滤波,得到[X3(q)],其中,所述[X3(q)]由Q个元素组成;Filter the [X 1 (q)] to obtain [X 3 (q)], where the [X 3 (q)] consists of Q elements;
    将所述[X3(q)]的Q个元素映射到Q个子载波上,生成所述第一信号。The Q elements of [X 3 (q)] are mapped onto Q subcarriers to generate the first signal.
  5. 根据权利要求3或4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述θ是根据所述M确定的,包括:The method according to claim 3 or 4, characterized in that the θ is determined according to the M, including:
    所述θ是根据所述M,所述P和所述E确定的。The θ is determined based on the M, the P and the E.
  6. 根据权利要求3至5中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述[s(m)]的调制方式为四相相移键控QPSK,所述θ为π(±M/4+E-2P-1)/M。The method according to any one of claims 3 to 5, characterized in that the modulation mode of [s(m)] is four-phase phase shift keying QPSK, and the θ is π (±M/4+ E-2P-1)/M.
  7. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述[k(m)]生成第一信号,包括: The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that generating the first signal according to the [k(m)] includes:
    对所述[k(m)]的M个元素进行离散傅里叶变换处理,得到[X2(m)],所述[X2(m)]由M个元素组成;Perform discrete Fourier transform processing on the M elements of [k(m)] to obtain [X 2 (m)], where the [X 2 (m)] is composed of M elements;
    将所述[X2(m)]的M个元素映射到M个子载波上,生成所述第一信号。Map the M elements of [X 2 (m)] to M subcarriers to generate the first signal.
  8. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述[k(m)]生成第一信号,包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that generating the first signal according to the [k(m)] includes:
    对所述[k(m)]的M个元素进行离散傅里叶变换处理,得到[X2(m)],所述[X2(m)]由M个元素组成;Perform discrete Fourier transform processing on the M elements of [k(m)] to obtain [X 2 (m)], where the [X 2 (m)] is composed of M elements;
    对所述[X2(m)]进行滤波,得到[X4(m)],其中,所述[X4(m)]由M个元素组成;Filter the [X 2 (m)] to obtain [X 4 (m)], where the [X 4 (m)] consists of M elements;
    将所述[X4(m)]的M个元素映射到M个子载波上,生成所述第一信号。Map the M elements of [X 4 (m)] to M subcarriers to generate the first signal.
  9. 根据权利要求7或8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述[s(m)]的调制方式为四相相移键控QPSK,所述θ为π(±M/4-1)/M。The method according to claim 7 or 8, characterized in that the modulation mode of [s(m)] is four-phase phase shift keying QPSK, and the θ is π(±M/4-1)/M .
  10. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized by including:
    根据调制符号[s(m)],确定[X5(q)],所述[s(m)]由M个元素组成,所述M为正整数,所述[X5(q)]由Q个元素组成,所述Q为所述M与E之和,所述E为正整数,其中,所述[X5(q)]中的元素X5(q)为X6((q+M-P)mod M),所述X6((q+M-P)mod M)是[X6(m)]中的元素,所述[X6(m)]是对所述[s(m)]进行离散傅里叶变换得到的M个符号,A mod B表示A除以B的余数,所述P是根据所述M确定的,所述P为大于或等于0且小于或等于所述E的整数,所述P与(E-P)不相等,所述m属于{0,……,M-1},所述q属于{0,……,Q-1};According to the modulation symbol [s(m)], determine [X 5 (q)], the [s(m)] is composed of M elements, the M is a positive integer, the [X 5 (q)] is It consists of Q elements, the Q is the sum of the M and E, the E is a positive integer, wherein the element X 5 (q) in the [X 5 (q)] is X 6 ((q+ MP) mod M), the X 6 ((q+MP) mod M) is an element of [X 6 (m)], the [X 6 (m)] is the element of the [s(m)] M symbols obtained by performing discrete Fourier transform. A mod B represents the remainder of A divided by B. The P is determined based on the M. The P is greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the E. Integers, the P and (EP) are not equal, the m belongs to {0,...,M-1}, and the q belongs to {0,...,Q-1};
    根据所述[X5(q)]生成第一信号,并发送所述第一信号。A first signal is generated based on the [X 5 (q)] and the first signal is sent.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 10, characterized in that:
    所述第一信号是所述[X5(q)]经过映射物理资源后生成的信号;或者,The first signal is a signal generated by mapping physical resources to [X 5 (q)]; or,
    所述第一信号是所述[X5(q)]经过滤波以及映射物理资源后生成的信号。The first signal is a signal generated after the [X 5 (q)] is filtered and mapped to physical resources.
  12. 根据权利要求10或11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述P是根据所述M确定的,包括:所述P是根据所述M和所述E确定的。The method according to claim 10 or 11, characterized in that the P is determined based on the M, including: the P is determined based on the M and the E.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述[s(m)]的调制方式为四相相移键控QPSK,所述P为根据(±M/4+E-1)/2确定的整数。The method according to claim 12, characterized in that the modulation mode of [s(m)] is four-phase phase shift keying QPSK, and the P is based on (±M/4+E-1)/2 A definite integer.
  14. 根据权利要求10至13中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述[X5(q)]生成第一信号,包括:The method according to any one of claims 10 to 13, wherein generating the first signal according to [X 5 (q)] includes:
    将所述[X5(q)]的Q个元素映射到Q个子载波上,生成所述第一信号。The Q elements of [X 5 (q)] are mapped onto Q subcarriers to generate the first signal.
  15. 根据权利要求10至13中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述[X5(q)]生成第一信号,包括:The method according to any one of claims 10 to 13, wherein generating the first signal according to [X 5 (q)] includes:
    对所述[X5(q)]滤波,得到[X7(q)],所述[X7(q)]由Q个元素组成;Filter the [X 5 (q)] to obtain [X 7 (q)], where the [X 7 (q)] consists of Q elements;
    将所述[X7(q)]的Q个元素映射到Q个子载波上,生成所述第一信号。The Q elements of [X 7 (q)] are mapped onto Q subcarriers to generate the first signal.
  16. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized by including:
    根据调制符号[s(m)],确定[X8(m)],所述[s(m)]由M个元素组成,所述M为正整数,所述[X8(m)]由M个元素组成,其中,所述[X8(m)]中的元素X8(m)为X6((m+M-P)mod M),所述X6((m+M-P)mod M)是[X6(m)]中的元素,所述[X6(m)]是对所述[s(m)]进行离散傅里叶变换得到的M个符号,A mod B表示A除以B的余数,所述P是根据所述M确定的,所述P为正整数,所述m属于{0,……,M-1}; According to the modulation symbol [s(m)], determine [X 8 (m)], the [s(m)] consists of M elements, the M is a positive integer, the [X 8 (m)] is composed of It consists of M elements, wherein the element X 8 (m) in [X 8 (m)] is X 6 ((m+MP)mod M), and the X 6 ( (m+MP)mod M) is an element in [X 6 (m)], the [X 6 (m)] is the M symbols obtained by performing the discrete Fourier transform on the [s(m)], A mod B means A divided by The remainder of B, the P is determined based on the M, the P is a positive integer, and the m belongs to {0,...,M-1};
    根据所述[X8(m)]生成第一信号,并发送所述第一信号。A first signal is generated based on the [X 8 (m)] and the first signal is sent.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 16, characterized in that:
    所述第一信号是所述[X8(m)]经过映射物理资源后生成的信号;或者,The first signal is a signal generated by mapping physical resources to [X 8 (m)]; or,
    所述第一信号是所述[X8(m)]经过滤波以及映射物理资源后生成的信号。The first signal is a signal generated after the [X 8 (m)] is filtered and mapped to physical resources.
  18. 根据权利要求16或17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述[s(m)]的调制方式为四相相移键控QPSK,所述P为根据(±M/4-1)/2确定的整数。The method according to claim 16 or 17, characterized in that the modulation mode of [s(m)] is four-phase phase shift keying QPSK, and the P is based on (±M/4-1)/2 A definite integer.
  19. 根据权利要求16至18中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述[X8(m)]生成第一信号,包括:The method according to any one of claims 16 to 18, characterized in that generating the first signal according to [X 8 (m)] includes:
    将所述[X8(m)]的M个元素映射到M个子载波上,生成所述第一信号。Map the M elements of [X 8 (m)] to M subcarriers to generate the first signal.
  20. 根据权利要求16至18中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述[X8(m)]生成第一信号,包括:The method according to any one of claims 16 to 18, characterized in that generating the first signal according to [X 8 (m)] includes:
    对所述[X8(m)]滤波,得到[X9(m)],所述[X9(m)]由M个元素组成;Filter the [X 8 (m)] to obtain [X 9 ( m)], which is composed of M elements;
    将所述[X9(m)]的M个元素映射到M个子载波上,生成所述第一信号。Map the M elements of [X 9 (m)] to M subcarriers to generate the first signal.
  21. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized by including:
    接收第一信号,所述第一信号是根据[k(m)]生成的信号,所述[k(m)]是根据调制符号[s(m)]和相位旋转因子确定的M个符号,其中,所述[s(m)]由M个元素组成,所述由M个元素组成,所述M为正整数,所述中的元素为ejθm,所述θ是根据所述M确定的,所述[k(m)]中的元素k(m)为所述m属于{0,……,M-1};Receive a first signal, the first signal is a signal generated according to [k(m)], the [k(m)] is a signal based on the modulation symbol [s(m)] and the phase rotation factor Determined M symbols, where the [s(m)] consists of M elements, the It consists of M elements, where M is a positive integer, and elements in is e jθm , the θ is determined based on the M, and the element k(m) in the [k(m)] is The m belongs to {0,...,M-1};
    从所述第一信号中获取所述[s(m)]。The [s(m)] is obtained from the first signal.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 21, characterized in that:
    所述[s(m)]是所述第一信号经过解映射物理资源、均衡、去循环扩展、离散傅里叶逆变换以及去相位旋转后得到的调制符号;或者,The [s(m)] is the modulation symbol obtained by demapping physical resources, equalization, decyclic expansion, inverse discrete Fourier transform and dephase rotation of the first signal; or,
    所述[s(m)]是所述第一信号经过解映射物理资源、均衡、离散傅里叶逆变换以及去相位旋转后得到的调制符号。The [s(m)] is a modulation symbol obtained by demapping physical resources, equalization, inverse discrete Fourier transform and de-phase rotation of the first signal.
  23. 根据权利要求21或22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信号是根据[k(m)]生成的信号,包括:The method according to claim 21 or 22, characterized in that the first signal is a signal generated according to [k(m)], including:
    所述第一信号是[X1(q)]经过映射物理资源得到的信号,其中,所述[X1(q)]由Q个元素组成,所述Q是所述M与E之和,所述E为正整数;The first signal is a signal obtained by mapping physical resources to [X 1 (q)], where the [X 1 (q)] consists of Q elements, and the Q is the sum of the M and E, The E is a positive integer;
    所述[X1(q)]是[X2(m)]经过循环扩展得到的Q个符号,其中,所述[X1(q)]中的元素X1(q)为X2((q+M-P)mod M),所述X2((q+M-P)mod M)是所述[X2(m)]中的元素,A mod B表示A除以B的余数,所述P为大于或等于0且小于或等于所述E的整数,所述q属于{0,……,Q-1};The [X 1 (q)] is Q symbols obtained by cyclic expansion of [X 2 (m)], wherein the element X 1 (q) in the [X 1 (q)] is X 2 (( q+MP) mod M), the X 2 ((q+MP) mod M) is the element in the [X 2 (m)], A mod B represents the remainder of A divided by B, and the P is An integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the E, and the q belongs to {0,...,Q-1};
    所述[X2(m)]是所述[k(m)]经过离散傅里叶变换得到的M个符号。The [X 2 (m)] is M symbols obtained by the discrete Fourier transform of the [k(m)].
  24. 根据权利要求21或22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信号是根据[k(m)]生成的信号,包括:The method according to claim 21 or 22, characterized in that the first signal is a signal generated according to [k(m)], including:
    所述第一信号是[X3(q)]经过映射物理资源得到的信号,其中,所述[X3(q)]由Q个元素组成,所述Q是所述M与E之和,所述E为正整数;The first signal is a signal obtained by mapping physical resources to [X 3 (q)], where the [X 3 (q)] consists of Q elements, and the Q is the sum of the M and E, The E is a positive integer;
    所述[X3(q)]是[X1(q)]经过滤波处理得到的Q个符号;The [X 3 (q)] is Q symbols obtained by filtering [X 1 (q)];
    所述[X1(q)]是[X2(m)]经过循环扩展得到的Q个符号,其中,所述[X1(q)]中的元素 X1(q)为X2((q+M-P)mod M),所述X2((q+M-P)mod M)是所述[X2(m)]中的元素,A mod B表示A除以B的余数,所述P为大于或等于0且小于或等于所述E的整数,所述q属于{0,……,Q-1};The [X 1 (q)] is Q symbols obtained by cyclic expansion of [X 2 (m)], where the elements in the [X 1 (q)] X 1 ( q) is The remainder after dividing by B, the P is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the E, and the q belongs to {0,...,Q-1};
    所述[X2(m)]是所述[k(m)]经过离散傅里叶变换得到的M个符号。The [X 2 (m)] is M symbols obtained by the discrete Fourier transform of the [k(m)].
  25. 根据权利要求23或24所述的方法,其特征在于,所述θ是根据所述M确定的,包括:The method according to claim 23 or 24, characterized in that the θ is determined according to the M, including:
    所述θ是根据所述M,所述P和所述E确定的。The θ is determined based on the M, the P and the E.
  26. 根据权利要求23至25中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述[s(m)]的调制方式为四相相移键控QPSK,所述θ为π(±M/4+E-2P-1)/M。The method according to any one of claims 23 to 25, characterized in that the modulation mode of [s(m)] is four-phase phase shift keying QPSK, and the θ is π (±M/4+ E-2P-1)/M.
  27. 根据权利要求21或22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信号是根据[k(m)]生成的信号,包括:The method according to claim 21 or 22, characterized in that the first signal is a signal generated according to [k(m)], including:
    所述第一信号是[X2(m)]经过映射物理资源得到的信号;The first signal is a signal obtained by mapping physical resources to [X 2 (m)];
    所述[X2(m)]是所述[k(m)]经过离散傅里叶变换得到的M个符号。The [X 2 (m)] is M symbols obtained by the discrete Fourier transform of the [k(m)].
  28. 根据权利要求21或22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信号是根据[k(m)]生成的信号,包括:The method according to claim 21 or 22, characterized in that the first signal is a signal generated according to [k(m)], including:
    所述第一信号是[X4(m)]经过映射物理资源得到的信号;The first signal is a signal obtained by mapping physical resources to [X 4 (m)];
    所述[X4(m)]是[X2(m)]经过滤波处理得到的M个符号,其中,所述[X4(m)]由M个元素组成;The [X 4 (m)] is M symbols obtained by filtering [X 2 (m)], wherein the [X 4 (m)] is composed of M elements;
    所述[X2(m)]是所述[k(m)]经过离散傅里叶变换得到的M个符号。The [X 2 (m)] is M symbols obtained by the discrete Fourier transform of the [k(m)].
  29. 根据权利要求27或28所述的方法,其特征在于,所述[s(m)]的调制方式为四相相移键控QPSK,所述θ为π(±M/4-1)/M。The method according to claim 27 or 28, characterized in that the modulation mode of [s(m)] is four-phase phase shift keying QPSK, and the θ is π(±M/4-1)/M .
  30. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized by including:
    接收第一信号,所述第一信号是根据[X5(q)]生成的信号,所述[X5(q)]是根据调制符号[s(m)]确定的Q个符号,其中,所述[s(m)]由M个元素组成,所述M为正整数,所述Q为所述M与E之和,所述E为正整数,所述[X5(q)]中的元素X5(q)为X6((q+M-P)mod M),所述X6((q+M-P)mod M)是[X6(m)]中的元素,所述[X6(m)]是对所述[s(m)]进行离散傅里叶变换得到的M个符号,A mod B表示A除以B的余数,所述P是根据所述M确定的,所述P为大于或等于0且小于或等于所述E的整数,所述P与(E-P)不相等,所述m属于{0,……,M-1},所述q属于{0,……,Q-1};Receive a first signal, which is a signal generated based on [X 5 (q)], which is Q symbols determined based on the modulation symbol [s(m)], where, The [s(m)] is composed of M elements, the M is a positive integer, the Q is the sum of the M and E, the E is a positive integer, and the [X 5 (q)] The element of X 5 (q) is X 6 ((q + MP ) mod M), the (m)] are M symbols obtained by performing discrete Fourier transform on the [s(m)], A mod B represents the remainder of A divided by B, the P is determined based on the M, and the P is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the E, the P is not equal to (EP), the m belongs to {0,..., M-1}, and the q belongs to {0,... ,Q-1};
    从所述第一信号中获取所述[s(m)]。The [s(m)] is obtained from the first signal.
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 30, characterized in that:
    所述[s(m)]是所述第一信号经过解映射物理资源、均衡、去循环扩展、以及离散傅里叶逆变换后得到的调制符号。The [s(m)] is a modulation symbol obtained by demapping physical resources, equalization, decyclic expansion, and inverse discrete Fourier transform of the first signal.
  32. 根据权利要求30或31所述的方法,其特征在于,所述P是根据所述M确定的,包括:所述P是根据所述M和所述E确定的。The method according to claim 30 or 31, characterized in that the P is determined based on the M, including: the P is determined based on the M and the E.
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的方法,其特征在于,所述[s(m)]的调制方式为四相相移键控QPSK,所述P为根据(±M/4+E-1)/2确定的整数。The method according to claim 32, characterized in that the modulation mode of [s(m)] is four-phase phase shift keying QPSK, and the P is based on (±M/4+E-1)/2 A definite integer.
  34. 根据权利要求30至33中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信号是根据[X5(q)]生成的信号,包括:The method according to any one of claims 30 to 33, characterized in that the first signal is a signal generated according to [X 5 (q)], including:
    所述第一信号是所述[X5(q)]经过映射物理资源得到的信号。 The first signal is a signal obtained by mapping physical resources to [X 5 (q)].
  35. 根据权利要求30至33中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信号是根据[X5(q)]生成的信号,包括:The method according to any one of claims 30 to 33, characterized in that the first signal is a signal generated according to [X 5 (q)], including:
    所述第一信号是[X7(q)]经过映射物理资源得到的信号;The first signal is a signal obtained by mapping physical resources to [X 7 (q)];
    所述[X7(q)]是所述[X5(q)]经过滤波处理得到的Q个符号,其中,[X7(q)]包括Q个元素。The [X 7 (q)] is Q symbols obtained by filtering the [X 5 (q)], where [X 7 (q)] includes Q elements.
  36. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized by including:
    接收第一信号,所述第一信号是根据[X8(m)]生成的信号,所述[X8(m)]生成是根据调制符号[s(m)]确定的M个符号,其中,所述[s(m)]由M个元素组成,所述M为正整数,所述[X8(m)]中的元素X8(m)为X6((q+M-P)mod M),所述X6((q+M-P)mod M)是[X6(m)]中的元素,所述[X6(m)]是对所述[s(m)]进行离散傅里叶变换得到的M个符号,A mod B表示A除以B的余数,所述P是根据所述M确定的,所述P为正整数,所述m属于{0,……,M-1};Receive a first signal, the first signal is a signal generated according to [X 8 (m)], the [X 8 (m)] generation is M symbols determined according to the modulation symbol [s(m)], where , the [s(m)] consists of M elements, the M is a positive integer, the element X 8 (m) in the [X 8 (m)] is X 6 ( (q+MP)mod M ) , said M symbols obtained by leaf transformation, A mod B represents the remainder of A divided by B, the P is determined based on the M, the P is a positive integer, and the m belongs to {0,...,M-1 };
    从所述第一信号中获取所述[s(m)]。The [s(m)] is obtained from the first signal.
  37. 根据权利要求36所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 36, characterized in that:
    所述[s(m)]是所述第一信号经过解映射物理资源、均衡、去循环移位、以及离散傅里叶逆变换后得到的调制符号。The [s(m)] is a modulation symbol obtained by demapping physical resources, equalization, decyclic shift, and inverse discrete Fourier transform of the first signal.
  38. 根据权利要求36或37所述的方法,其特征在于,所述[s(m)]的调制方式为四相相移键控QPSK,所述P为根据(±M/4-1)/2确定的整数。The method according to claim 36 or 37, characterized in that the modulation method of [s(m)] is four-phase phase shift keying QPSK, and the P is based on (±M/4-1)/2 A definite integer.
  39. 根据权利要求36至38中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信号是根据[X8(m)]生成的信号,包括:The method according to any one of claims 36 to 38, characterized in that the first signal is a signal generated according to [X 8 (m)], including:
    所述第一信号是所述[X8(m)]经过映射物理资源得到的信号。The first signal is a signal obtained by mapping physical resources to [X 8 (m)].
  40. 根据权利要求36至38中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信号是根据[X8(m)]生成的信号,包括:The method according to any one of claims 36 to 38, characterized in that the first signal is a signal generated according to [X 8 (m)], including:
    所述第一信号是[X9(m)]经过映射物理资源得到的信号,所述[X9(m)]由M个元素组成;The first signal is a signal obtained by mapping physical resources to [X 9 (m)], and the [X 9 (m)] is composed of M elements;
    所述[X9(m)]是所述[X8(m)]经过滤波处理得到的M个符号。The [X 9 (m)] is the M symbols obtained by filtering the [X 8 (m)].
  41. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理模块和收发模块;A communication device, characterized by including a processing module and a transceiver module;
    其中,所述处理模块,用于根据调制符号[s(m)]和相位旋转因子确定[k(m)],其中,所述[s(m)]由M个元素组成,所述由M个元素组成,所述[k(m)]由M个元素组成,所述M为正整数,所述中的元素为ejθm,所述θ是根据所述M确定的,所述[k(m)]中的元素k(m)为所述m属于{0,……,M-1};以及,根据所述[k(m)]生成第一信号;Wherein, the processing module is used to calculate the modulation symbol [s(m)] and the phase rotation factor Determine [k(m)], where the [s(m)] consists of M elements, and the It consists of M elements, the [k(m)] consists of M elements, the M is a positive integer, and the elements in is e jθm , the θ is determined based on the M, and the element k(m) in the [k(m)] is The m belongs to {0,...,M-1}; and the first signal is generated according to the [k(m)];
    所述收发模块,用于发送所述第一信号。The transceiver module is used to send the first signal.
  42. 根据权利要求41所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to claim 41, characterized in that:
    所述第一信号是所述[k(m)]经过离散傅里叶变换、循环扩展以及映射物理资源后生成的信号;或者,The first signal is a signal generated by discrete Fourier transform, cyclic expansion, and mapping of physical resources to [k(m)]; or,
    所述第一信号是所述[k(m)]经过离散傅里叶变换、循环扩展、滤波以及映射物理资源后生成的信号;或者,The first signal is a signal generated by discrete Fourier transform, cyclic expansion, filtering and mapping of physical resources to [k(m)]; or,
    所述第一信号是所述[k(m)]经过离散傅里叶变换以及映射物理资源后生成的信号;或者, The first signal is a signal generated after the [k(m)] undergoes discrete Fourier transform and mapping of physical resources; or,
    所述第一信号是所述[k(m)]经过离散傅里叶变换、滤波以及映射物理资源后生成的信号。The first signal is a signal generated by discrete Fourier transform, filtering and mapping of physical resources to [k(m)].
  43. 根据权利要求41或42所述的装置,其特征在于,在根据所述[k(m)]生成第一信号时,所述处理模块具体用于:The device according to claim 41 or 42, wherein when generating the first signal according to the [k(m)], the processing module is specifically configured to:
    根据所述[k(m)],获取[X1(q)],其中,所述[X1(q)]由Q个元素组成,所述Q是所述M与E之和,所述E为正整数,所述[X1(q)]中的元素X1(q)为X2((q+M-P)mod M),所述X2((q+M-P)mod M)是[X2(m)]中的元素,所述[X2(m)]是对所述[k(m)]进行离散傅里叶变换得到的M个符号,A mod B表示A除以B的余数,所述P为大于或等于0且小于或等于所述E的整数,所述q属于{0,……,Q-1};According to the [k(m)], obtain [X 1 (q)], where the [X 1 (q)] consists of Q elements, the Q is the sum of the M and E, and the E is a positive integer, the element X 1 (q) in [X 1 (q)] is X 2 ((q+MP)mod M), and the X 2 ((q+MP)mod M) is [ elements in Remainder, the P is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the E, and the q belongs to {0,...,Q-1};
    将所述[X1(q)]的Q个元素映射到Q个子载波上,生成所述第一信号。The Q elements of [X 1 (q)] are mapped onto Q subcarriers to generate the first signal.
  44. 根据权利要求41或42所述的装置,其特征在于,在根据所述[k(m)]生成第一信号时,所述处理模块具体用于:The device according to claim 41 or 42, wherein when generating the first signal according to the [k(m)], the processing module is specifically configured to:
    根据所述[k(m)],获取[X1(q)],其中,所述[X1(q)]由Q个元素组成,所述Q是所述M与E之和,所述E为正整数,所述[X1(q)]中的元素X1(q)为X2((q+M-P)mod M),所述X2((q+M-P)mod M)是[X2(m)]中的元素,所述[X2(m)]是对所述[k(m)]进行离散傅里叶变换得到的M个符号,A mod B表示A除以B的余数,所述P为大于或等于0且小于或等于所述E的整数,所述q属于{0,……,Q-1};According to the [k(m)], obtain [X 1 (q)], where the [X 1 (q)] consists of Q elements, the Q is the sum of the M and E, and the E is a positive integer, the element X 1 (q) in [X 1 (q)] is X 2 ((q+MP)mod M), and the X 2 ((q+MP)mod M) is [ elements in Remainder, the P is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the E, and the q belongs to {0,...,Q-1};
    对所述[X1(q)]滤波,得到[X3(q)],其中,所述[X3(q)]由Q个元素组成;Filter the [X 1 (q)] to obtain [X 3 (q)], where the [X 3 (q)] consists of Q elements;
    将所述[X3(q)]的Q个元素映射到Q个子载波上,生成所述第一信号。The Q elements of [X 3 (q)] are mapped onto Q subcarriers to generate the first signal.
  45. 根据权利要求43或44所述的装置,其特征在于,所述θ是根据所述M确定的,包括:The device according to claim 43 or 44, characterized in that the θ is determined according to the M, including:
    所述θ是根据所述M,所述P和所述E确定的。The θ is determined based on the M, the P and the E.
  46. 根据权利要求43至45中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述[s(m)]的调制方式为四相相移键控QPSK,所述θ为π(±M/4+E-2P-1)/M。The device according to any one of claims 43 to 45, characterized in that the modulation mode of [s(m)] is four-phase phase shift keying QPSK, and the θ is π (±M/4+ E-2P-1)/M.
  47. 根据权利要求41或42所述的装置,其特征在于,在根据所述[k(m)]生成第一信号,所述处理模块具体用于:The device according to claim 41 or 42, characterized in that, when generating the first signal according to the [k(m)], the processing module is specifically used to:
    对所述[k(m)]的M个元素进行离散傅里叶变换处理,得到[X2(m)],所述[X2(m)]由M个元素组成;Perform discrete Fourier transform processing on the M elements of [k(m)] to obtain [X 2 (m)], where the [X 2 (m)] is composed of M elements;
    将所述[X2(m)]的M个元素映射到M个子载波上,生成所述第一信号。Map the M elements of [X 2 (m)] to M subcarriers to generate the first signal.
  48. 根据权利要求41或42所述的装置,其特征在于,在根据所述[k(m)]生成第一信号时,所述处理模块具体用于:The device according to claim 41 or 42, wherein when generating the first signal according to the [k(m)], the processing module is specifically configured to:
    对所述[k(m)]的M个元素进行离散傅里叶变换处理,得到[X2(m)],所述[X2(m)]由M个元素组成;Perform discrete Fourier transform processing on the M elements of [k(m)] to obtain [X 2 (m)], where the [X 2 (m)] is composed of M elements;
    对所述[X2(m)]进行滤波,得到[X4(m)],其中,所述[X4(m)]由M个元素组成;Filter the [X 2 (m)] to obtain [X 4 (m)], where the [X 4 (m)] consists of M elements;
    将所述[X4(m)]的M个元素映射到M个子载波上,生成所述第一信号。Map the M elements of [X 4 (m)] to M subcarriers to generate the first signal.
  49. 根据权利要求47或48所述的装置,其特征在于,所述[s(m)]的调制方式为四相相移键控QPSK,所述θ为π(±M/4-1)/M。The device according to claim 47 or 48, characterized in that the modulation method of [s(m)] is four-phase phase shift keying QPSK, and the θ is π(±M/4-1)/M .
  50. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理模块和收发模块;A communication device, characterized by including a processing module and a transceiver module;
    其中,所述处理模块,用于根据调制符号[s(m)],确定[X5(q)],所述[s(m)]由M个元素组成,所述M为正整数,所述[X5(q)]由Q个元素组成,所述Q为所述M与E之和, 所述E为正整数,其中,所述[X5(q)]中的元素X5(q)为X6((q+M-P)mod M),所述X6((q+M-P)mod M)是[X6(m)]中的元素,所述[X6(m)]是对所述[s(m)]进行离散傅里叶变换得到的M个符号,A mod B表示A除以B的余数,所述P是根据所述M确定的,所述P为大于或等于0且小于或等于所述E的整数,所述P与(E-P)不相等,所述m属于{0,……,M-1},所述q属于{0,……,Q-1};以及,根据所述[X5(q)]生成第一信号;Wherein, the processing module is used to determine [X 5 (q)] according to the modulation symbol [s(m)], the [s(m)] is composed of M elements, and the M is a positive integer, so Said [X 5 (q)] consists of Q elements, and said Q is the sum of said M and E, The E is a positive integer, wherein the element X 5 (q) in the [X 5 ( q )] is X 6 ((q+MP)mod M), and the X 6 ((q+MP)mod M) is an element in [X 6 (m)], the [X 6 (m)] is the M symbols obtained by performing discrete Fourier transform on the [s(m)], A mod B represents A The remainder divided by B, the P is determined based on the M, the P is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the E, the P is not equal to (EP), and the m belongs to { 0,...,M-1}, the q belongs to {0,...,Q-1}; and the first signal is generated according to the [X 5 (q)];
    所述收发模块,用于发送所述第一信号。The transceiver module is used to send the first signal.
  51. 根据权利要求50所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to claim 50, characterized in that:
    所述第一信号是所述[X5(q)]经过映射物理资源后生成的信号;或者,The first signal is a signal generated by mapping physical resources to [X 5 (q)]; or,
    所述第一信号是所述[X5(q)]经过滤波以及映射物理资源后生成的信号。The first signal is a signal generated after the [X 5 (q)] is filtered and mapped to physical resources.
  52. 根据权利要求50或51所述的装置,其特征在于,所述P是根据所述M确定的,包括:所述P是根据所述M和所述E确定的。The device according to claim 50 or 51, characterized in that the P is determined according to the M, including: the P is determined according to the M and the E.
  53. 根据权利要求52所述的装置,其特征在于,所述[s(m)]的调制方式为四相相移键控QPSK,所述P为根据(±M/4+E-1)/2确定的整数。The device according to claim 52, characterized in that the modulation method of [s(m)] is four-phase phase shift keying QPSK, and the P is based on (±M/4+E-1)/2 A definite integer.
  54. 根据权利要求50至53中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,在根据所述[X5(q)]生成第一信号时,所述处理模块具体用于:The device according to any one of claims 50 to 53, wherein when generating the first signal according to [X 5 (q)], the processing module is specifically used to:
    将所述[X5(q)]的Q个元素映射到Q个子载波上,生成所述第一信号。The Q elements of [X 5 (q)] are mapped onto Q subcarriers to generate the first signal.
  55. 根据权利要求50至53中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,在根据所述[X5(q)]生成第一信号时,所述处理模块具体用于:The device according to any one of claims 50 to 53, wherein when generating the first signal according to [X 5 (q)], the processing module is specifically used to:
    对所述[X5(q)]滤波,得到[X7(q)],所述[X7(q)]由Q个元素组成;Filter the [X 5 (q)] to obtain [X 7 (q)], where the [X 7 (q)] consists of Q elements;
    将所述[X7(q)]的Q个元素映射到Q个子载波上,生成所述第一信号。The Q elements of [X 7 (q)] are mapped onto Q subcarriers to generate the first signal.
  56. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理模块和收发模块;A communication device, characterized by including a processing module and a transceiver module;
    其中,所述处理模块,用于根据调制符号[s(m)],确定[X8(m)],所述[s(m)]由M个元素组成,所述M为正整数,所述[X8(m)]由M个元素组成,其中,所述[X8(m)]中的元素X8(m)为X6((m+M-P)mod M),所述X6((m+M-P)mod M)是[X6(m)]中的元素,所述[X6(m)]是对所述[s(m)]进行离散傅里叶变换得到的M个符号,A mod B表示A除以B的余数,所述P是根据所述M确定的,所述P为正整数,所述m属于{0,……,M-1};以及,根据所述[X8(m)]生成第一信号;Wherein, the processing module is used to determine [X 8 (m)] according to the modulation symbol [s(m)], the [s(m)] is composed of M elements, and the M is a positive integer, so Said [X 8 (m)] is composed of M elements, wherein the element X 8 (m ) in said [X 8 (m)] is X 6 ( (m+MP)mod M), and said X 6 ((m+MP)mod M) is an element in [X 6 (m)], and the [X 6 (m)] is the M elements obtained by performing a discrete Fourier transform on the [s(m)] Symbol, A mod B represents the remainder of A divided by B, the P is determined according to the M, the P is a positive integer, the m belongs to {0,...,M-1}; and, according to the [X 8 (m)] generates the first signal;
    所述收发模块,用于发送所述第一信号。The transceiver module is used to send the first signal.
  57. 根据权利要求56所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to claim 56, characterized in that:
    所述第一信号是所述[X8(m)]经过映射物理资源后生成的信号;或者,The first signal is a signal generated by mapping physical resources to [X 8 (m)]; or,
    所述第一信号是所述[X8(m)]经过滤波以及映射物理资源后生成的信号。The first signal is a signal generated after the [X 8 (m)] is filtered and mapped to physical resources.
  58. 根据权利要求56或57所述的装置,其特征在于,所述[s(m)]的调制方式为四相相移键控QPSK,所述P为根据(±M/4-1)/2确定的整数。The device according to claim 56 or 57, characterized in that the modulation method of [s(m)] is four-phase phase shift keying QPSK, and the P is based on (±M/4-1)/2 A definite integer.
  59. 根据权利要求56至58中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,在根据所述[X8(m)]生成第一信号时,所述处理模块具体用于:The device according to any one of claims 56 to 58, wherein when generating the first signal according to the [X 8 (m)], the processing module is specifically configured to:
    将所述[X8(m)]的M个元素映射到M个子载波上,生成所述第一信号。Map the M elements of [X 8 (m)] to M subcarriers to generate the first signal.
  60. 根据权利要求56至58中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,在根据所述[X8(m)]生成第一信号时,所述处理模块具体用于:The device according to any one of claims 56 to 58, wherein when generating the first signal according to the [X 8 (m)], the processing module is specifically configured to:
    对所述[X8(m)]滤波,得到[X9(m)],所述[X9(m)]由M个元素组成;Filter the [X 8 (m)] to obtain [X 9 ( m)], which is composed of M elements;
    将所述[X9(m)]的M个元素映射到M个子载波上,生成所述第一信号。 Map the M elements of [X 9 (m)] to M subcarriers to generate the first signal.
  61. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理模块和收发模块;A communication device, characterized by including a processing module and a transceiver module;
    其中,所述收发模块,用于接收第一信号,所述第一信号是根据[k(m)]生成的信号,所述[k(m)]是根据调制符号[s(m)]和相位旋转因子确定的M个符号,其中,所述[s(m)]由M个元素组成,所述由M个元素组成,所述M为正整数,所述中的元素为ejθm,所述θ是根据所述M确定的,所述[k(m)]中的元素k(m)为所述m属于{0,……,M-1};Wherein, the transceiver module is used to receive a first signal, the first signal is a signal generated according to [k(m)], the [k(m)] is a signal generated according to the modulation symbol [s(m)] and phase rotation factor Determined M symbols, where the [s(m)] consists of M elements, the It consists of M elements, where M is a positive integer, and elements in is e jθm , the θ is determined based on the M, and the element k(m) in the [k(m)] is The m belongs to {0,...,M-1};
    所述处理模块,用于从所述第一信号中获取所述[s(m)]。The processing module is used to obtain the [s(m)] from the first signal.
  62. 根据权利要求61所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to claim 61, characterized in that:
    所述[s(m)]是所述第一信号经过解映射物理资源、均衡、去循环扩展、离散傅里叶逆变换以及去相位旋转后得到的调制符号;或者,The [s(m)] is the modulation symbol obtained by demapping physical resources, equalization, decyclic expansion, inverse discrete Fourier transform and dephase rotation of the first signal; or,
    所述[s(m)]是所述第一信号经过解映射物理资源、均衡、离散傅里叶逆变换以及去相位旋转后得到的调制符号。The [s(m)] is a modulation symbol obtained by demapping physical resources, equalization, inverse discrete Fourier transform and de-phase rotation of the first signal.
  63. 根据权利要求61或62所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一信号是根据[k(m)]生成的信号,包括:The device according to claim 61 or 62, characterized in that the first signal is a signal generated according to [k(m)], including:
    所述第一信号是[X1(q)]经过映射物理资源得到的信号,其中,所述[X1(q)]由Q个元素组成,所述Q是所述M与E之和,所述E为正整数;The first signal is a signal obtained by mapping physical resources to [X 1 (q)], where the [X 1 (q)] consists of Q elements, and the Q is the sum of the M and E, The E is a positive integer;
    所述[X1(q)]是[X2(m)]经过循环扩展得到的Q个符号,其中,所述[X1(q)]中的元素X1(q)为X2((q+M-P)mod M),所述X2((q+M-P)mod M)是所述[X2(m)]中的元素,A mod B表示A除以B的余数,所述P为大于或等于0且小于或等于所述E的整数,所述q属于{0,……,Q-1};The [X 1 (q)] is Q symbols obtained by cyclic expansion of [X 2 (m)], wherein the element X 1 (q) in the [X 1 (q)] is X 2 (( q+MP) mod M), the X 2 ((q+MP) mod M) is the element in the [X 2 (m)], A mod B represents the remainder of A divided by B, and the P is An integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the E, and the q belongs to {0,...,Q-1};
    所述[X2(m)]是所述[k(m)]经过离散傅里叶变换得到的M个符号。The [X 2 (m)] is M symbols obtained by the discrete Fourier transform of the [k(m)].
  64. 根据权利要求61或62所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一信号是根据[k(m)]生成的信号,包括:The device according to claim 61 or 62, characterized in that the first signal is a signal generated according to [k(m)], including:
    所述第一信号是[X3(q)]经过映射物理资源得到的信号,其中,所述[X3(q)]由Q个元素组成,所述Q是所述M与E之和,所述E为正整数;The first signal is a signal obtained by mapping physical resources to [X 3 (q)], where the [X 3 (q)] consists of Q elements, and the Q is the sum of the M and E, The E is a positive integer;
    所述[X3(q)]是[X1(q)]经过滤波处理得到的Q个符号;The [X 3 (q)] is Q symbols obtained by filtering [X 1 (q)];
    所述[X1(q)]是[X2(m)]经过循环扩展得到的Q个符号,其中,所述[X1(q)]中的元素X1(q)为X2((q+M-P)mod M),所述X2((q+M-P)mod M)是所述[X2(m)]中的元素,A mod B表示A除以B的余数,所述P为大于或等于0且小于或等于所述E的整数,所述q属于{0,……,Q-1};The [X 1 (q)] is Q symbols obtained by cyclic expansion of [X 2 (m)], wherein the element X 1 (q) in the [X 1 (q)] is X 2 (( q+MP) mod M), the X 2 ((q+MP) mod M) is the element in the [X 2 (m)], A mod B represents the remainder of A divided by B, and the P is An integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the E, and the q belongs to {0,...,Q-1};
    所述[X2(m)]是所述[k(m)]经过离散傅里叶变换得到的M个符号。The [X 2 (m)] is M symbols obtained by the discrete Fourier transform of the [k(m)].
  65. 根据权利要求63或64所述的装置,其特征在于,所述θ是根据所述M确定的,包括:The device according to claim 63 or 64, characterized in that the θ is determined according to the M, including:
    所述θ是根据所述M,所述P和所述E确定的。The θ is determined based on the M, the P and the E.
  66. 根据权利要求63至65中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述[s(m)]的调制方式为四相相移键控QPSK,所述θ为π(±M/4+E-2P-1)/M。The device according to any one of claims 63 to 65, characterized in that the modulation mode of [s(m)] is four-phase phase shift keying QPSK, and the θ is π (±M/4+ E-2P-1)/M.
  67. 根据权利要求61或62所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一信号是根据[k(m)]生成的信号,包括:The device according to claim 61 or 62, characterized in that the first signal is a signal generated according to [k(m)], including:
    所述第一信号是[X2(m)]经过映射物理资源得到的信号;The first signal is a signal obtained by mapping physical resources to [X 2 (m)];
    所述[X2(m)]是所述[k(m)]经过离散傅里叶变换得到的M个符号。 The [X 2 (m)] is M symbols obtained by the discrete Fourier transform of the [k(m)].
  68. 根据权利要求61或62所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一信号是根据[k(m)]生成的信号,包括:The device according to claim 61 or 62, characterized in that the first signal is a signal generated according to [k(m)], including:
    所述第一信号是[X4(m)]经过映射物理资源得到的信号;The first signal is a signal obtained by mapping physical resources to [X 4 (m)];
    所述[X4(m)]是[X2(m)]经过滤波处理得到的M个符号,其中,所述[X4(m)]由M个元素组成;The [X 4 (m)] is M symbols obtained by filtering [X 2 (m)], wherein the [X 4 (m)] is composed of M elements;
    所述[X2(m)]是所述[k(m)]经过离散傅里叶变换得到的M个符号。The [X 2 (m)] is M symbols obtained by the discrete Fourier transform of the [k(m)].
  69. 根据权利要求67或68所述的装置,其特征在于,所述[s(m)]的调制方式为四相相移键控QPSK,所述θ为π(±M/4-1)/M。The device according to claim 67 or 68, characterized in that the modulation method of [s(m)] is four-phase phase shift keying QPSK, and the θ is π(±M/4-1)/M .
  70. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理模块和收发模块;A communication device, characterized by including a processing module and a transceiver module;
    其中,所述收发模块,用于接收第一信号,所述第一信号是根据[X5(q)]生成的信号,所述[X5(q)]是根据调制符号[s(m)]确定的Q个符号,其中,所述[s(m)]由M个元素组成,所述M为正整数,所述Q为所述M与E之和,所述E为正整数,所述[X5(q)]中的元素X5(q)为X6((q+M-P)mod M),所述X6((q+M-P)mod M)是[X6(m)]中的元素,所述[X6(m)]是对所述[s(m)]进行离散傅里叶变换得到的M个符号,A mod B表示A除以B的余数,所述P是根据所述M确定的,所述P为大于或等于0且小于或等于所述E的整数,所述P与(E-P)不相等,所述m属于{0,……,M-1},所述q属于{0,……,Q-1};Wherein, the transceiver module is used to receive a first signal, the first signal is a signal generated according to [X 5 (q)], and the [X 5 (q)] is a signal generated according to the modulation symbol [s(m) ] determined Q symbols, wherein the [s(m)] consists of M elements, the M is a positive integer, the Q is the sum of the M and E, the E is a positive integer, so The element X 5 (q) in [X 5 (q)] is X 6 ((q+MP)mod M), and the X 6 ( (q+MP)mod M) is [X 6 (m)] The elements in , the [X 6 (m)] is the M symbols obtained by performing discrete Fourier transform on the [s(m)], A mod B represents the remainder of A divided by B, and the P is Determined according to the M, the P is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the E, the P is not equal to (EP), and the m belongs to {0,...,M-1}, The q belongs to {0,...,Q-1};
    所述处理模块,用于从所述第一信号中获取所述[s(m)]。The processing module is used to obtain the [s(m)] from the first signal.
  71. 根据权利要求70所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to claim 70, characterized in that:
    所述[s(m)]是所述第一信号经过解映射物理资源、均衡、去循环扩展、以及离散傅里叶逆变换后得到的调制符号。The [s(m)] is a modulation symbol obtained by demapping physical resources, equalization, decyclic expansion, and inverse discrete Fourier transform of the first signal.
  72. 根据权利要求70或71所述的装置,其特征在于,所述P是根据所述M确定的,包括:所述P是根据所述M和所述E确定的。The device according to claim 70 or 71, characterized in that the P is determined according to the M, including: the P is determined according to the M and the E.
  73. 根据权利要求72所述的装置,其特征在于,所述[s(m)]的调制方式为四相相移键控QPSK,所述P为根据(±M/4+E-1)/2确定的整数。The device according to claim 72, characterized in that the modulation method of [s(m)] is four-phase phase shift keying QPSK, and the P is based on (±M/4+E-1)/2 A definite integer.
  74. 根据权利要求70至73中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一信号是根据[X5(q)]生成的信号,包括:The device according to any one of claims 70 to 73, wherein the first signal is a signal generated according to [X 5 (q)], including:
    所述第一信号是所述[X5(q)]经过映射物理资源得到的信号。The first signal is a signal obtained by mapping physical resources to [X 5 (q)].
  75. 根据权利要求70至73中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一信号是根据[X5(q)]生成的信号,包括:The device according to any one of claims 70 to 73, wherein the first signal is a signal generated according to [X 5 (q)], including:
    所述第一信号是[X7(q)]经过映射物理资源得到的信号;The first signal is a signal obtained by mapping physical resources to [X 7 (q)];
    所述[X7(q)]是所述[X5(q)]经过滤波处理得到的Q个符号,其中,[X7(q)]包括Q个元素。The [X 7 (q)] is Q symbols obtained by filtering the [X 5 (q)], where [X 7 (q)] includes Q elements.
  76. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理模块和收发模块;A communication device, characterized by including a processing module and a transceiver module;
    其中,所述收发模块,用于接收第一信号,所述第一信号是根据[X8(m)]生成的信号,所述[X8(m)]生成是根据调制符号[s(m)]确定的M个符号,其中,所述[s(m)]由M个元素组成,所述M为正整数,所述[X8(m)]中的元素X8(m)为X6((q+M-P)mod M),所述X6((q+M-P)mod M)是[X6(m)]中的元素,所述[X6(m)]是对所述[s(m)]进行离散傅里叶变换得到的M个符号,A mod B表示A除以B的余数,所述P是根据所述M确定的,所述P为正整数,所述m属于{0,……,M-1};Wherein, the transceiver module is used to receive a first signal, the first signal is a signal generated based on [X 8 (m)], and the [X 8 (m)] is generated based on the modulation symbol [s(m) )], where the [s(m)] consists of M elements, the M is a positive integer, and the element X 8 (m) in the [X 8 (m)] is X 6 ((q+MP)mod M), the X 6 ((q+MP)mod M) is an element of [X 6 (m)], and the [X 6 (m)] is a pair of the s(m)] M symbols obtained by discrete Fourier transform, A mod B represents the remainder of A divided by B, the P is determined based on the M, the P is a positive integer, and the m belongs {0,…,M-1};
    所述处理模块,用于从所述第一信号中获取所述[s(m)]。 The processing module is used to obtain the [s(m)] from the first signal.
  77. 根据权利要求76所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to claim 76, characterized in that:
    所述[s(m)]是所述第一信号经过解映射物理资源、均衡、去循环移位、以及离散傅里叶逆变换后得到的调制符号。The [s(m)] is a modulation symbol obtained by demapping physical resources, equalization, decyclic shift, and inverse discrete Fourier transform of the first signal.
  78. 根据权利要求76或77所述的装置,其特征在于,所述[s(m)]的调制方式为四相相移键控QPSK,所述P为根据(±M/4-1)/2确定的整数。The device according to claim 76 or 77, characterized in that the modulation method of [s(m)] is four-phase phase shift keying QPSK, and the P is based on (±M/4-1)/2 A definite integer.
  79. 根据权利要求76至78中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一信号是根据[X8(m)]生成的信号,包括:The device according to any one of claims 76 to 78, characterized in that the first signal is a signal generated according to [X 8 (m)], including:
    所述第一信号是所述[X8(m)]经过映射物理资源得到的信号。The first signal is a signal obtained by mapping physical resources to [X 8 (m)].
  80. 根据权利要求76至78中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一信号是根据[X8(m)]生成的信号,包括:The device according to any one of claims 76 to 78, characterized in that the first signal is a signal generated according to [X 8 (m)], including:
    所述第一信号是[X9(m)]经过映射物理资源得到的信号,所述[X9(m)]由M个元素组成;The first signal is a signal obtained by mapping physical resources to [X 9 (m)], and the [X 9 (m)] is composed of M elements;
    所述[X9(m)]是所述[X8(m)]经过滤波处理得到的M个符号。The [X 9 (m)] is the M symbols obtained by filtering the [X 8 (m)].
  81. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括执行如权利要求41至49中任一项所述方法的通信装置和/或执行如权利要求61至69中任一项所述方法的通信装置;或者包括执行如权利要求50至55中任一项所述方法的通信装置和/或执行如权利要求70至75中任一项所述方法的通信装置;或者包括执行如权利要求56至60中任一项所述方法的通信装置和/或执行如权利要求76至80中任一项所述方法的通信装置。A communication system, characterized in that it includes a communication device that performs the method according to any one of claims 41 to 49 and/or a communication device that performs the method according to any one of claims 61 to 69; or includes A communication device that performs the method according to any one of claims 50 to 55 and/or a communication device that performs the method according to any one of claims 70 to 75; or includes performing any one of the methods according to claims 56 to 60 A communication device for performing the method according to claim 76 and/or a communication device for performing the method according to any one of claims 76 to 80.
  82. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器和存储器;其中,所述存储器用于存储一个或多个计算机程序或指令,所述处理器用于执行所述存储器存储的所述一个或多个计算机程序或指令,以使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求1至9中任一项所述的方法,或权利要求10至15中任一项所述的方法,或权利要求16至20中任一项所述的方法,或权利要求21至29中任一项所述的方法,或权利要求30至35中任一项所述的方法,或权利要求36至40中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized by comprising a processor and a memory; wherein the memory is used to store one or more computer programs or instructions, and the processor is used to execute the one or more computers stored in the memory. Programs or instructions to cause the communication device to perform the method according to any one of claims 1 to 9, or the method according to any one of claims 10 to 15, or any one of claims 16 to 20 The method described in any one of claims 21 to 29, or the method described in any one of claims 30 to 35, or the method described in any one of claims 36 to 40 .
  83. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,存储有计算机程序或指令,所述计算机程序或指令用于实现权利要求1至9中任一项所述的方法,或权利要求10至15中任一项所述的方法,或权利要求16至20中任一项所述的方法,或权利要求21至29中任一项所述的方法,或权利要求30至35中任一项所述的方法,或权利要求36至40中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that computer programs or instructions are stored, and the computer programs or instructions are used to implement the method of any one of claims 1 to 9, or any of claims 10 to 15. The method described in any one of claims 16 to 20, or the method described in any one of claims 21 to 29, or the method described in any one of claims 30 to 35 Method, or the method of any one of claims 36 to 40.
  84. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,所述计算机程序产品包括计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1至9中任一项所述的方法,或权利要求10至15中任一项所述的方法,或权利要求16至20中任一项所述的方法,或权利要求21至29中任一项所述的方法,或权利要求30至35中任一项所述的方法,或权利要求36至40中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, characterized in that the computer program product includes a computer program, which when the computer program is run on a computer, causes the computer to perform the method according to any one of claims 1 to 9, Or the method described in any one of claims 10 to 15, or the method described in any one of claims 16 to 20, or the method described in any one of claims 21 to 29, or claims 30 to 20 The method of any one of claims 35, or the method of any one of claims 36 to 40.
  85. 一种芯片系统,其特征在于,所述芯片系统用于执行如权利要求1至9中任一项所述的方法,或执行权利要求10至15中任一项所述的方法,或执行权利要求16至20中任一项所述的方法,或执行权利要求21至29中任一项所述的方法,或执行权利要求30至35中任一项所述的方法,或执行权利要求36至40中任一项所述的方法。 A chip system, characterized in that the chip system is used to execute the method as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 9, or to execute the method as claimed in any one of claims 10 to 15, or to execute the method as claimed in any one of claims 10 to 15. The method of any one of claims 16 to 20, or performing the method of any one of claims 21 to 29, or performing the method of any one of claims 30 to 35, or performing claim 36 The method described in any one of to 40.
PCT/CN2023/079331 2022-03-09 2023-03-02 Communication method and apparatus WO2023169302A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210222604.5 2022-03-09
CN202210222604.5A CN116781468A (en) 2022-03-09 2022-03-09 Communication method and device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023169302A1 true WO2023169302A1 (en) 2023-09-14

Family

ID=87937230

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/079331 WO2023169302A1 (en) 2022-03-09 2023-03-02 Communication method and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN116781468A (en)
WO (1) WO2023169302A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20190081839A1 (en) * 2016-05-11 2019-03-14 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Signal transmission method, transmit end, and receive end
CN109995692A (en) * 2017-12-30 2019-07-09 华为技术有限公司 Send the method and device of data
CN111200572A (en) * 2018-11-19 2020-05-26 华为技术有限公司 Data transmission method and device
WO2020143780A1 (en) * 2019-01-10 2020-07-16 华为技术有限公司 Signal processing method and device
CN112399457A (en) * 2019-08-16 2021-02-23 华为技术有限公司 Signal transmission method and communication device

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20190081839A1 (en) * 2016-05-11 2019-03-14 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Signal transmission method, transmit end, and receive end
CN109995692A (en) * 2017-12-30 2019-07-09 华为技术有限公司 Send the method and device of data
CN111200572A (en) * 2018-11-19 2020-05-26 华为技术有限公司 Data transmission method and device
WO2020143780A1 (en) * 2019-01-10 2020-07-16 华为技术有限公司 Signal processing method and device
CN112399457A (en) * 2019-08-16 2021-02-23 华为技术有限公司 Signal transmission method and communication device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN116781468A (en) 2023-09-19

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI782013B (en) Waveform coding with modulation for single-user and multiple-user transmissions
US10312990B2 (en) Signal sending or receiving method and device
TW201931807A (en) Phase tracking reference signal transmission
CN107370701B (en) Signal transmission method, sending end and receiving end
US20240063950A1 (en) SHORT PHYSICAL UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL (sPUCCH) STRUCTURE
EP3496368B1 (en) Data processing method, apparatus, and system
WO2020155889A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
CN109391576B (en) Signal processing method based on sequence, communication equipment and communication system
US11245562B2 (en) Data processing method, apparatus, and system
US11689307B2 (en) Methods, apparatuses and systems directed to complementary sequence encoding and encoded complementary sequence transmissions
CN110603790A (en) Transmit diversity for uplink control channels using discrete Fourier transform spread orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (DFT-S-OFDM) waveforms
WO2020103771A1 (en) Data transmision method and device
WO2020199864A1 (en) Data compression method and device
WO2018024127A1 (en) Signal transmission method and network device
CN112511285B (en) Signal processing method and device based on sequence
WO2023093821A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023169302A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2019062885A1 (en) Signal processing method and apparatus based on sequence
JP7556860B2 (en) Low PAPR DMRS and low inter-cell interference for DFT-spread OFDM
CN110971554B (en) Data transmission method and device
WO2023246422A1 (en) Data processing method and data processing device
JP7544772B2 (en) OFDM Modulator, OFDM Demodulator, Method of Operating an OFDM Modulator, and Method of Operating an OFDM Demodulator - Patent application
CN110971555B (en) Data transmission method and device
WO2024094132A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
EP4333529A1 (en) Multi-user communication method and related communication apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23765880

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1